diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 50a8d436d..84088a15e 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -3,13 +3,14 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # # Translators: -# Alejandra Escandón Del Real , 2015 +# AleEscandon , 2015 # Alejandro Die Sanchis , 2016 # Antonio Trueba, 2016 # Esteban Echeverry , 2016 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2016 # Javier Calero , 2015 # Javier Sabena , 2015 -# Jesus Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2016 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2016 # Juan Pablo Vargas Soruco , 2016 # Katerina Katapodi , 2016 # Martin Trigaux, 2015 @@ -21,8 +22,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-17 11:45+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-18 10:00+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-11 18:12+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo \n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -394,7 +395,7 @@ msgid "" "learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" " you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " "reconciliation process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cada vez que reciba una declaración relacionada con un nuevo cliente /provvedor, Odoo le preguntará a seleccionar el contacto correcto para aceptar la transacción. Odoo aprende de esa operación y automáticamente completará el próximo pago que usted recibe o realice a esos contactos. Eso acelará muchoel proceso de reconciliación." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 @@ -424,7 +425,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " "**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " "automatically**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Empeiza por instalar el módulo **cuenta-yodlee**, si no está instaldo aún. Para ello, accede al menú: selección menú: Contabilidad--> Configuración--> Ajustes de la aplicación de cuentas. En la sección ** Banco&efectivo**, ajustar la opción\n ** Interfaz Bancaria- sincronice su comisiones bancarias automáticamente**." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." @@ -447,7 +448,7 @@ msgid "" "Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una vez creada la cuenta Paypal, regrese al tablero de **Contabilidad** y pulse en la botón de **Sincronización**. En el dialogo, elige **PayPal** como institucion online y pulsa en el botón de configurar. " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." @@ -460,7 +461,7 @@ msgid "" " you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " "Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " "account)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Su Paypal **debe ser en inglés** ( si no es el caso debe cambiar el idioma de su cuenta Paypal) y si usa Una cuenta de negocio Paypal debe cambiar al antiguo interfaz para poder funcionar con comisiones online ( puede cambiar del nuevo al antiguo interfaz en la cuenta de su Paypal)." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -474,7 +475,7 @@ msgid "" "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " "date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " "choose the **Paypal balance** account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si configura su cuenta de Paypal correctamente debe hacer al siguiente paso de la configuración comisiones online. Usted tendrá en la pantalla la fecha para buscar la transacción del y una lista de cuentas para elegir. Debes elegir cuenta ** saldo Paypal**" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e21452faf --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2016 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-12 19:27+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo \n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../discuss.rst:5 ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "debatir, tratar, analizar" + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:8 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Resumen" + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " +"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " +"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " +"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " +"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " +"simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "Odoo Discuss es una herramienta fácil de usar aplicación de mensajería para los equipos que trae todas las comunicaciones de su empresa en un solo lugar y se integra perfectamente con la plataforma Odoo. Discuss le permite enviar y recibir mensajes desde donde se encuentre en Odoo además de administrar sus mensajes y notificaciones fácilmente desde dentro de la aplicación. Discuss permite crear canales ** ** para chats de equipo, las conversaciones sobre proyectos, coordinación de reuniones, y más en una sencilla interfaz de búsqueda " + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "Communicating with Your Team Using Channels" +msgstr "Comunicar con su Equipo utilizando canales." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," +" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "Puede utilizar **canales** con el fin de organizar debates entre quipos individuales, departamentos, proyectos, o cualquier otro grupo que requiere comunicación regular. Al tener conversaciones que todos en los canales pueden ver, es fácil mantener todo el equipo en el circulo con las últimas novedades." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "Creating a Channel" +msgstr "creando un canal o cuace" + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "In Discuss hay dos tipos de canales-**público y **privado**." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " +"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "Un ** Canal público**solo puede ser creado por un administrador con previlegios de escritos y puede ser visto por todos en la organización. Al contrario, un **canal privado** puede ser creado por cualquier usuario y por defecto es sólo visible para usuarios que han sido invitados al canal." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" +" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " +"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " +"information)." +msgstr "Un canal público se usa mejor cuando muchos empleados necesitan acceder a la información ( tales como la comunicación inerdepartamental o anuncio de la compañia), mientras el canal privado debe ser utilizado siempre que la información debe ser limitada a unos usuarios / empleados específicos ( tales como departamento específico o información personal o confidencial)." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:51 +msgid "Configuring a Channel" +msgstr "configuración del canal" + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " +"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." +" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " +"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" +" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " +"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" +" a public channel." +msgstr "Puede configurar el nombre del canal, descripción, derechos de acceso, subscripción automática, y enviar correo electrónic a partir: seleción de menú:# nombre - canal-> Ajustes`. El cambio de los derechos de acceso de canal le permite controlar qué grupos pueden ver cada canal. Puede visiblizar un canal para todos los usuarios, los usuarios invitados, o usuarios dentro de un grupo de usuarios seleccionados. Cabe señalar que permitir a \"Todos\" a seguir un canal privado les permiterá a otros usuarios ver y unirse como si lo harían con un canal público. " + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:67 +msgid "How To Set Up a Mailing List" +msgstr "Como configuar lista de correos." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" +" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " +"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " +"messages by email." +msgstr "Un canal se puede configurar como una lista de correo. Desde dentro: menú de selección:`#nombre- canal--> Ajustes`, define el correo electrónico que desea usar. Los usuarios pueden luego enviar al canal y elegir para recebir notificaciones utilizando la direccion de correo electrónico definido. Un icono de form de sobre aparecerá al lado del nombre del canal en la lista para indicar que un canal envíará mensajes por correo electrónico." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:77 +msgid "Locating a Channel" +msgstr "Localizar un canal." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " +"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" +" clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "Si usted no puede ver un canal en su panel, puede buscar la lista del ** canal público** para localizar el canal correcto o crear un nuevo canal solo tiene que pulsar el icono más." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " +"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " +"channels from a single screen." +msgstr "Puede también pulsar los **CANALES** para buscar una lista de todos los canales públicos. Esto permite al usuario manualmente ** unir** ** abandonar** los canales público desde una única pantalla." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:91 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "Es aconsejable buscar un canal antes de crear uno nuevo para asegurar que las entradas duplicadas no están creada por el mismo tema. " + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:95 +msgid "Monitoring Your Messages Using the Inbox" +msgstr "Supervise Sus Mensajes utilizando la bandeja de entrada." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Use the **inbox** to monitor updates and progress on everything you do in " +"Odoo. Notifications from everything you follow and conversations in which " +"you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "Utilice la ** bandeja de entrada ** para monitorizar las actualizaciones y mejorar todo lo que hace en Odoo. Todas Las notificaciones que sigue y las conversaciones que usted se le mencionan aparecen en la bandeja de entrada." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check sets the message to **read** and removes it " +"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " +"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " +"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " +"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "Marcar el artículo, ajustar el mensaje a ** leer** y remuevelo de la bandeja de entrada. Si quiere guardar el artículo para futuras acciones o consultas, marque con una estrella con el fin de añadirlo a la caja **Estrellada**. Puede destacar cualquiere mensajes o notificaciones en Discuss o cualquier artículo específico de los usuarios a través de Odoo para controlarlos. " + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "Sending Emails" +msgstr "Enviar correo electrónicos." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can **send emails** from the inbox of Odoo Discuss. In addition to the " +"usual email features, you can select a template that you have already " +"created, or create one on the fly and save it for later use." +msgstr "Puede ** enviar correo electrónicos** desde la bandeja de entrada de Odoo Discuss. Además de las características generales del correo electrónico. puede seleccionar una plantilla que usted ya ha creado, o crear uno sobre la marcha y guardar para uso posterior. " + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:121 +msgid "Grabbing Attention with Direct Messages and Mentions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." +" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " +"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " +"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " +"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " +"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" +"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " +"another channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:133 +msgid "Direct Messaging a User" +msgstr "Mensajería Directa de un Usuario." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " +"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " +"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " +"they are offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:146 +msgid "Desktop Notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" +" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " +"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:158 +msgid "Tracking Important Topics, Projects, and Conversations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any object in Odoo, such as a Task or " +"Quotation, by **following** it. An item can be followed from the item view, " +"just above the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events to follow, with the depending on the " +"type of item. The example below shows the options available when following a" +" **task** in the **Projects** **Module**." +msgstr "Puede elegir que tipos de eventos a seguir, dependiendo del tipo del artículo. Los ejemplos acontinuación muestran las opciones disponibles cuándo se siga una **tarea** en el **Módulo** **Proyectos**." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:174 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " +"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" +" link back to the original document." +msgstr "Puede invitar a otros usuarios y añadir canales como seguidores. Añadir un canal como un seguidor enviará mensajes publicados en el chat al canal con un enlace de vuelta al documento original." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:184 +msgid "Using Filters to Navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "Utilizar Filtros para Navegar dentro de Discuss." + +#: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " +"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " +"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " +"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " +"character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index fed2101c1..805c7eafb 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -4,14 +4,15 @@ # # Translators: # Antonio Trueba, 2016 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2016 # Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2016 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-30 18:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Leonardo J. Caballero G. \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 09:58+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo \n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,7 +33,7 @@ msgid "" "This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack " "**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with" " our product." -msgstr "" +msgstr " Este documento resume los servicios en línea de Odoo nuestro Paquete de Éxito incluye metodología de implementación y mejores prácticas a empezar con nuestro producto." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 63a0f1cb0..dabe89eb4 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # # Translators: -# Alejandra Escandón Del Real , 2015 +# AleEscandon , 2015 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2016 # Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales , 2015 # Rojas Pablo , 2015 msgid "" @@ -11,8 +12,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-17 11:45+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-18 10:08+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-11 19:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo \n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -836,7 +837,7 @@ msgstr "Adaptador Serial-to-USB para FDM (`ejemplo , 2015 +# AleEscandon , 2015 # David Perez , 2015 -# Jesus Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2015 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2016 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2015 # Martin Trigaux, 2015 # Rojas Pablo , 2015 msgid "" @@ -13,8 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-17 11:45+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-18 09:08+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-05 13:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo \n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase.rst:5 msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Compra" +msgstr "Comprar o adquirir" #: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 @@ -1051,7 +1052,7 @@ msgid "" "example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " "need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " "\"Products\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Al hacer click en los icono **+** y **-**, puede despleagar su informe hacía arriba o abajo con el fin de cambiar la forma de la informacion en la que está visualizada. Por ejemplo, si quiere ver todos los productos adqueridos de este mes, solo necesito hacer un click en el icono **+** en el eje vertical y luego hacer click en el producto. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -1636,46 +1637,46 @@ msgstr "Seleccione a su proveedor en el menú de **Proveedor**, o puede crearlo #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "arribo de embarques" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" "Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " "matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " "on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Referente al pedido de ventas o a la oferta enviada por el proveedor. Se utiliza la concordancia cuando usted reciba el producto ya que dicha referencia es normalmente está escrita en el pedido de entrega enviado por su proveedor." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" "Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " "a purchase order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Presenta la fecha donde debe estar el presupuesto validado y convertido en un pedido." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" "Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" " sale order or an internal procurement request)" -msgstr "" +msgstr " Referencia del documento que creó esta petición de pedido de compra (e.g. pedido de venta o una solicitud de contratación interna)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "This will determine picking type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esto determinará el tipo de recogida de los envíos entrantes" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" "Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " "customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" +msgstr " Si usted quiere entregar directamente del proveedor al cliente escriba una dirección. De lo contrario, dejarlo vacío con el fin de entregarlo a su propia compañia." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El campo de tecnología solía mostrar la direcccion de la mercancía." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "" "International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " "used in international transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los Términos del Comercio internacional son series de términos comerciales pre defenidos utilizados in las transacciones internacional." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:35 msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 879adf34e..df97ed237 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # # Translators: -# Alejandra Escandón Del Real , 2016 +# AleEscandon , 2016 # Alejandro Die Sanchis , 2016 -# Ivan Nieto , 2016 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2016 +# Ivan Nieto , 2016 # Juan Pablo Vargas Soruco , 2016 # Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2016 # Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales , 2016 @@ -13,9 +14,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-24 13:44+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-25 10:34+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Nieto \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-05 17:45+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo \n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -69,13 +70,13 @@ msgid "" "**\"Redirect RI\"** and set as value (your own domain followed by " "``/google_account/authentication``) : You can now click on **\"Create Client" " ID\"**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rellena el nombre de la aplicación y compruebe que la plataforma está bien en ** \"aplicación Web\" **. Ahora debe configurar las páginas que pueden introducirse en el que se le redirige. Para hacerlo, es necesario completar el campo ** \"redireccionamiento RI\" ** y establecer como valor (su propio dominio seguido por `` / GOOGLE_ACCOUNT / authentication``): Ahora puede hacer clic en ** \"Crear ID de cliente\" **" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you will have the both informations (**Client ID** and **Client " "Secret**) that you need to insert in the 2 fields below !" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una vez hecho, tendrá ambas información (** Cliente ID** y **Cliente Secret**) que necesita para insertar en los 2 campos acontinuación." #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:53 msgid "Click on **Apply**" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 5d7073eef..c54ecded5 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ # Jeffery Chenn , 2016 # lao yi , 2016 # mrshelly , 2015-2016 +# Richard yang , 2016 # Rona Lin , 2016 # udcs , 2016 # wxb , 2016 @@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-17 11:45+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:13+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-11 05:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -177,7 +178,7 @@ msgid "" "learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" " you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " "reconciliation process." -msgstr "每当您得到一个新客户/供应商的对账单, Odoo会要求您选择正确的单据去核销。Odoo会学习这个操作信息并自动完成下一个您的付款或自动关联。这将加快核销进程。" +msgstr "每当您得到一个新客户/供应商的对账单, Odoo会要求您选择正确的单据去调节。Odoo会学习这个操作信息并自动完成下一个您的付款或自动关联。这将加快调节过程。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -185,29 +186,29 @@ msgid "" "already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" " times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" " bank statements." -msgstr "Odoo能够自动检测是否某些文件或交易已经导入。所以, 你不需要担心如何避免重复导入相同的文件 :Odoo将在创建新的银行对账单之前检查一切。" +msgstr "Odoo能够自动检测文件或交易是否已经导入。所以你不必担心如何避免重复导入相同的文件 :Odoo将在创建新的银行对账单之前检查全部。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr " :doc:`ofx` " +msgstr ":doc:`ofx` " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr " :doc:`qif` " +msgstr ":doc:`qif` " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr " :doc:`synchronize` " +msgstr ":doc:`synchronize` " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr " :doc:`manual` " +msgstr ":doc:`manual` " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 @@ -232,13 +233,13 @@ msgstr "概述" msgid "" "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " "but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "Odoo, 可以导入你的银行对账单, 同步与你的银行还可以手动登记您的银行对账单。" +msgstr "通过Odoo, 你可以导入你的银行对账单并与你的银行同步，当然你也可以手动创建你的银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " "do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "登记发票不需要任何特殊配置。所有您需要做的就是安装会计软件。" +msgstr "登记发票不需要任何特殊配置。所有您需要做的就是安装会计应用。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 msgid "Create your Bank Statements" @@ -249,7 +250,7 @@ msgid "" "In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " "journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " "will be found underneath." -msgstr "在仪表板中, 点击相关银行账的按钮 **新对账单** 。如果一些核销需要完成, 新的对账单链接将出现。" +msgstr "在仪表板中, 点击相关银行账目的按钮 **新对账单** 。如果某些调节需要完成, 新的对账单链接将会出现在下面。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -257,7 +258,7 @@ msgid "" "statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " "empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " "process." -msgstr "只需在你的银行对账单中填写字段的信息。参考信息可以手动填写或者不填。我们建议填写合作伙伴来简化核销进程。" +msgstr "只需在你的银行对账单中填写字段的信息。参考信息可以手动填写或者不填。我们建议填写合作伙伴来简化调节进程。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -271,29 +272,29 @@ msgstr "做完这些后, 点击 **保存** ." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "核销银行对账单" +msgstr "调节银行对账单" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 msgid "" "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" " |manual04|" -msgstr "您可以选择直接核销对账单, 通过单击按钮| manual04" +msgstr "您可以选择直接调节对账单, 通过单击按钮 |manual04|" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 msgid "" "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" " on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "你也可以在仪表板上开始核销进程, 通过点击 **Reconcile # Items** 。" +msgstr "你也可以在仪表板上开始调节进程, 通过点击 **Reconcile # Items** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " "missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "点击 **Validate** 核销你的银行对账单。如果没有业务伙伴信息, Odoo会让你 **select a partner** 。" +msgstr "点击 **Validate** 调节你的银行对账单。如果没有业务伙伴信息, Odoo会让你 **select a partner** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "点击按ctrl enter核销表上所有平衡平衡的项。" +msgstr "按ctrl + enter调节表格里所有平衡过的项。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" @@ -303,7 +304,7 @@ msgstr "从调节关闭银行对账单" msgid "" "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " "reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "如果余额正确, 你可以直接关闭核销, 点击| manual07 |。" +msgstr "如果余额正确, 你可以直接关闭调节, 点击调节 |manual07|." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -326,12 +327,12 @@ msgstr "关闭银行对账单, 只需点击 **Validate** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr " :doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases` " +msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases` " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr " :doc:`../feeds/synchronize` " +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize` " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 msgid "Import OFX statement files" @@ -400,12 +401,12 @@ msgid "" "learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" " you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " "reconciliation process." -msgstr "每次你得到一个新客户/供应商的相关对账单时, Odoo将要求您选择正确的核销对象。从此操作信息, Odoo将自动完成下一个付款或是这些联系。这将加快核销进程。" +msgstr "每次你得到一个新客户/供应商的相关对账单时, Odoo将要求您选择正确的调节对象。从此操作信息, Odoo将自动完成下一个付款或是这些联系。这将加快调节过程。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr " :doc:`coda` " +msgstr ":doc:`coda` " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" @@ -417,7 +418,7 @@ msgid "" " to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." " The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " "PayPal payments in just a click." -msgstr "使用Odoo, 可以同步你的PayPal账户。这样, 你不需要记录所有你的PayPal交易最喜欢的会计软件。每4小时同步完成, 您点击一下就可以开始核销PayPal支付了。" +msgstr "使用Odoo, 可以同步你的PayPal账户。这样, 你不需要在你喜爱的会计软件里记录所有你的PayPal交易了。每4小时同步完成, 您点击一下就可以开始调节PayPal支付了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" @@ -434,7 +435,7 @@ msgstr "首先请安装 **account_yodlee** 模块,如果尚未安装。要做到 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "单击apply按钮一旦它完成了" +msgstr "完成后点击使用按钮" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" @@ -486,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr "如果你正确地配置您的Paypal帐户, 你应到下一步的在线 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." -msgstr "一切都完成之后, 在Odoo中, 你应该看得到你的PayPal交易, 你可以开始核销你的付款了。" +msgstr "一切都完成之后, 在Odoo中, 你应该看得到你的PayPal交易, 你可以开始调节你的付款了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -650,7 +651,7 @@ msgstr "一旦完成, 回到你的会计仪表板。在你的银行卡上, 您 msgid "" "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " "every 4 hours." -msgstr "一旦你填写你的凭证, 将会每4小时与你的银行同步一次。" +msgstr "一旦你填写了你的凭证,你的银行订阅将会每4小时进行一次同步。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 @@ -686,17 +687,17 @@ msgstr "银行对账单将反映总计和存款单的参考信息, 而不是个 msgid "" "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " "reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "Odoo帮助您准备和打印你的押金单据, 之后与银行对账单核销就很容易了。" +msgstr "Odoo帮助您准备和打印你的押金单据, 之后与银行对账单调节就很容易了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "安装批量缴存功能" +msgstr "安装批量存款功能" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " "Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "为了使用批处理存款功能, 你需要安装模块 **批存款** 。" +msgstr "为了使用批处理存款功能, 你需要安装模块 **批量存款** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -709,7 +710,7 @@ msgid "" "To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " "application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "验证 **Batch Deposit** 功能是否安装, 去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting application。检查功能 : **Allow batch deposit** 。" +msgstr "验证 **批量存款** 功能是否安装, 去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting application。检查功能 : **Allow batch deposit** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" @@ -727,7 +728,7 @@ msgid "" "the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " "'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " "Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "哪个银行账户可以做批处理押金, 哪些不能, 这个控制可以去账内定义, 通常被称为“支票”或“银行”(参见 :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check` , 会计应用程序 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals` ." +msgstr "哪个银行账户可以做批处理押金, 哪些不能, 这个控制可以去账内定义, 通常被称为“支票\" 或“银行 \"(参见 :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check` , 会计应用程序 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals` ." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -772,7 +773,7 @@ msgstr "可在此菜单中登记付款 :menuselection: :`Sales --> Payments` , #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "预备批量缴存" +msgstr "预备批量存款" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -804,7 +805,7 @@ msgid "" "ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " "is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " "the bank statement line." -msgstr "当核销银行对账单时, 对账单中将会看到存款单的号码。核销运行时, 用户将能够选择匹配的批处理存款。" +msgstr "当调节银行对账单时, 对账单中将会看到存款单的号码。核销运行时, 用户将能够选择匹配的批处理存款。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -950,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "创建一个新的付款。付款类型将自动设置为内部转让。 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " "`_)." -msgstr "备忘录是很重要的, 如果你想自动核销( `see ` _)." +msgstr "备忘录是很重要的, 如果你想自动调节 (`see `_)." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." @@ -965,7 +966,7 @@ msgstr "在会计方面, 钱现在登记在转移账户。我们需要导入银 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "导入银行对账单并核销" +msgstr "导入银行对账单并调节" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -980,7 +981,7 @@ msgid "" "statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." -msgstr "这是因为我们没有导入银行对账单来确认付出和收到的钱。因此需要导入你的银行对账单, 将付款和正确的银行对账单行核销。一旦你收到银行对账单点, 在相应的银行点击 **new statement** 导入。" +msgstr "这是因为我们没有导入银行对账单来确认付出和收到的钱。因此需要导入你的银行对账单, 将付款和正确的银行对账单行调节。一旦你收到银行对账单点, 在相应的银行点击 **new statement** 导入。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1000,7 +1001,7 @@ msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" -msgstr "你需要为paiement选择同行。选择正确的银行对账单对应paiement, 点击 **核销** 按钮。关闭对账单来完成这项交易." +msgstr "你需要为paiement选择同行。选择正确的银行对账单对应paiement, 点击 **调节** 按钮。关闭对账单来完成这项交易." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -1008,7 +1009,7 @@ msgid "" "statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" " both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." -msgstr "一旦你收到第二个银行对账单, 需要重复相同的步骤。注意, 如果指定了正确的金额, 在银行对账单和付款事务有相同的备忘录, 核销就会自动发生。" +msgstr "一旦你收到第二个银行对账单, 需要重复相同的步骤。注意, 如果指定了正确的金额, 在银行对账单和付款事务有相同的备忘录, 调节就会自动发生。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 @@ -1019,13 +1020,13 @@ msgstr "银行对账" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "配置条目模型" +msgstr "配置分录模型" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " "order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "在Odoo中, 可以预先填入一些会计分录, 如银行费用, 这样核销就很容易。" +msgstr "在Odoo中你可以预设一些会计分录, 这样在计提例如银行费用这些经常性会计分录的时候就省事多了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1043,7 +1044,7 @@ msgid "" "First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " "to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " ":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "首先, 我们需要配置两个核销凭证。为此, 会计应用程序仪表盘。在银行账点击 :menuselection:`更多(More) --> 核销模型(Reconciliation Models)` 。" +msgstr "首先, 我们需要配置两个调节分录。为此, 会计应用程序仪表盘。在银行账点击 :menuselection:`更多(More) --> 调节模型(Reconciliation Models)` 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1057,7 +1058,7 @@ msgid "" "book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " "\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " "Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "我们创建一个名为银行费用的按钮标签, 选择正确的科目记录这些费用。此外我们还需要指定类型是\" Percentage of balance\\ \\ \", 比例为100%。这个参数将告诉Odoo考虑整个费用。" +msgstr "我们创建一个名为银行费用的按钮标签, 选择正确的科目记录这些费用。此外我们还需要指定类型是\" Percentage of balance\\ \\ \\ \", 比例为100%。这个参数将告诉Odoo考虑整个费用。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 msgid "Save your changes when you are done." @@ -1090,25 +1091,25 @@ msgid "" "When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " "**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" " relevant data instantly." -msgstr "进行核销时, 您可以选择一个未清的余额, 点击 **核销模型(Reconcilication Model)** 按钮(在这种情况下, **银行费用(Bank Fees)** )立即获得所有相关的数据。" +msgstr "进行调节时, 您可以选择一个未清的余额, 点击 **调节模型(Reconcilication Model)** 按钮(在这种情况下, **银行费用(Bank Fees)** )立即获得所有相关的数据。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "最后, 点击 **核销(Reconcile)** 完成过程." +msgstr "最后, 点击 **调节(Reconcile)** 完成过程." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr " :doc:`../feeds/manual` " +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual` " #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr " :doc:`../feeds/ofx` " +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx` " #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr " :doc:`use_cases` " +msgstr ":doc:`use_cases` " #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" @@ -1132,13 +1133,13 @@ msgstr "能在发票上直接登记付款" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "我们能用银行对账单调节开放的发票" +msgstr "我们可以用银行对账单调整销售发票" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " "do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "登记发票不需要任何特殊配置。我们需要做的就是安装会计软件。" +msgstr "登记发票不需要特殊设置。我们只需安装会计应用就可以了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 msgid "User cases" @@ -1185,7 +1186,7 @@ msgstr "我们可以找到付款信息, 通过单击发票上 :menuselection:` msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" -msgstr "发票已经支付, **自动核销已完成** 。" +msgstr "发票已经支付, **自动调节已完成** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" @@ -1211,13 +1212,13 @@ msgstr " **导入(Import)** 或 **创建(Create)** 银行对账单。请在银 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "在仪表板, 点击 **核销 # 项** " +msgstr "在仪表板, 点击 **调节# 项** " #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "如果一切是正确的(正确的业务伙伴名字, 金额正确), odoo会 **自动(automatically)** 核销。" +msgstr "如果一切是正确的(正确的业务伙伴名字, 金额正确), odoo会 **自动(automatically)** 调节。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." @@ -1237,7 +1238,7 @@ msgstr "如果用首付完成了付款, 只检查它是否正确并验证所有 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "点击CTRL-Enter, 核销表中的所有项。" +msgstr "点击CTRL-Enter, 调节表格中的所有项。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" @@ -1327,7 +1328,7 @@ msgid "" "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " "the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " "transaction." -msgstr "每一笔交易都被记录在公司的默认货币。对于其他货币, Odoo同时存储在该公司的货币值和交易货币的价值发生的交易。 Odoo可以在日记项目的核对后产生的货币收益和损失。" +msgstr "在Odoo，每一笔交易以公司的默认币种记录。报告都是基于公司的币种。对于以其他币种发生的交易, Odoo同时以公司的币种的价值，以及以交易币种的价值存储。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1403,7 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "一旦你保存这个银行账户, Odoo将为您创建的所有文件 :" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" -msgstr "科目试算平衡表" +msgstr "试算表的科目" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" @@ -1443,7 +1444,7 @@ msgid "" " gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " "depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " "and the payment date." -msgstr "这是你所要做的。Odoo将在核销时, 自动将发票日和付款日的汇率差计入外汇损益。" +msgstr "这是你所要做的。Odoo将在调节时, 自动将发票日和付款日的汇率差计入外汇损益。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -1515,7 +1516,7 @@ msgid "" "customer or vendor payments. Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations " "journals. Select 'Opening/Closing Situation' for entries generated for new " "fiscal years." -msgstr "选择客户发票分类账“销售”。选择供应商的账单分类账“购买”。选择“现金”或“银行”对于在客户或供应商支付使用的分类账。选择“常规”作为杂项作业分类账。选择“打开/关闭状况”为新财年产生的分类。" +msgstr "选择客户发票分类账“销售\" 。选择供应商的账单分类账“购买 \"。选择“现金\" 或“银行 \"对于在客户或供应商支付使用的分类账。选择“常规\" 作为杂项作业分类账。选择“打开/关闭状况 \"为新财年产生的分类。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Company related to this journal" @@ -1523,7 +1524,7 @@ msgstr "与此分类账相关的公司" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "这个分类账的分录会使用这个前缀命名" +msgstr "这个分类账的日记账分录会使用这个前缀命名" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1541,15 +1542,15 @@ msgstr "该字段包含有关该分类账的日记帐分录的编号信息。" msgid "" "This field contains the information related to the numbering of the refund " "entries of this journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该字段包含有关此分类账的退款项编号的信息。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以它作为借方发生额的默认科目。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以它作为贷方发生额的默认科目。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "The currency used to enter statement" @@ -1560,14 +1561,14 @@ msgid "" "Means of payment for collecting money. Odoo modules offer various payments " "handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in " "order to manage payments outside of the software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "收款的支付方式。Odoo模块提供了多种支付的处理措施，但你也可以通过“手动”支付方式来管理系统外操作的支付。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Means of payment for sending money. Odoo modules offer various payments " "handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in " "order to manage payments outside of the software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款的支付方式。Odoo模块提供了多种支付的处理措施，但你也可以通过“手动”支付方式来管理系统外操作的支付。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1579,23 +1580,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" " from what the system computes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当现金的期末余额与系统计算金额有差异时，确认为收益。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " "from what the system computes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当现金的期末余额与系统计算金额有差异时，确认为损失。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not" -msgstr "" +msgstr "此分类账是否显示在仪表板" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" " method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "技术特性用来确定支票打印是否作为支付方式是否可用。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Checks numbering sequence." @@ -1604,23 +1605,23 @@ msgstr "支票编号序列。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你的预打印账单没有编号选这个选项。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下一个打印支票的序列号" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Display this bank account on the footer of printed documents like invoices " "and sales orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发票和销售订单等打印文档页眉处显示这个银行账号。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" " point of sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击选项框如果该日记账定义了可以用于POS的支付方式。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1706,7 +1707,7 @@ msgid "" "machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " "depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " "assets and perform reports on your company assets." -msgstr "在 \" 资产\\ \\ \"模块, 可以让你保持跟踪机械, 土地和建筑物等固定资产。该模块可以自动生成每月的折旧项, 获得折旧板, 出售或处置资产, 并对公司的资产产生报告。" +msgstr "在 \" 资产\\ \\ \\ \"模块, 可以让你保持跟踪机械, 土地和建筑物等固定资产。该模块可以自动生成每月的折旧项, 获得折旧板, 出售或处置资产, 并对公司的资产产生报告。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -1721,7 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "举个例子, 你可以买一辆车的$ 36, 000个（总值）, 并且 msgid "" "The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " "describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" -msgstr "不同类型的资产分为 '资产类型' , 描述了如何折旧资产。下面是资产类型的两个例子 :" +msgstr "不同类型的资产分为'资产类型', 描述了如何折旧资产。下面是资产类型的两个例子 :" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" @@ -1747,11 +1748,11 @@ msgstr "一旦模块被安装了, 你应该看到在财务应用程序了两个 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr " :menuselection:`顾问(Adviser) --> 资产(Assets)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`顾问(Adviser) --> 资产(Assets)` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr " :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 资产类型(Asset Types)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 资产类型(Asset Types)` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1778,7 +1779,7 @@ msgid "" "like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " "assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " "duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." -msgstr "您应当为每一个资产组你经常买喜欢中创建资产类型 '汽车 :5年' , '计算机硬件: 3年' 。对于所有其他资产, 你可以创建通用的资产类型。根据资产的期限如 '36个月' 的名字他们, '10年' , ..." +msgstr "您应当为每一个资产组你经常买喜欢中创建资产类型'汽车 :5年','计算机硬件: 3年'。对于所有其他资产, 你可以创建通用的资产类型。根据资产的期限如'36个月'的名字他们,'10年', ..." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -1815,7 +1816,7 @@ msgstr "字段的说明 :" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当资产被创建，则状态为“草稿”。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1852,12 +1853,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "" "* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "* 线性: 计算基于 : 毛值 / 折旧数" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "" "* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "* 递减: 计算基于: 残值 * 递减因子" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1886,11 +1887,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于计提折旧的折旧数" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "" +msgstr "两次计提折旧的时间间隔，按月算" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" @@ -2053,7 +2054,7 @@ msgstr "点击 *选择* 。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "确认你的预算设置。" +msgstr "保存变更确认你的预算状况。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -2097,7 +2098,7 @@ msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" " an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "我们需要为这个预算命名。在这种情况下, 我们把它叫做“史密斯项目”。选择预算适用的期间。下一步, 在预算行定义目标。" +msgstr "我们需要为这个预算命名。在这种情况下, 我们把它叫做“史密斯项目\" 。选择预算适用的期间。下一步, 在预算行定义目标。 " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -2107,7 +2108,7 @@ msgid "" "Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " "cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " "corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "选择相关预算行的预算位置。换句话说, 选择你想要的位置科目。在这种情况下, 我们将开始费用目标, 不超700。选择“成本”预算位置, 指定计划预算金额。我们记录成本, 我们需要指定一个 **负数金额** 。最后, 选择相应的分析科目。" +msgstr "选择相关预算行的预算位置。换句话说, 选择你想要的位置科目。在这种情况下, 我们将开始费用目标, 不超700。选择“成本\" 预算位置, 指定计划预算金额。我们记录成本, 我们需要指定一个 **负数金额** 。最后, 选择相应的分析科目。 " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -2141,11 +2142,11 @@ msgstr "关于发票和采购订单的信息请看 :" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." @@ -2183,7 +2184,7 @@ msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " "balances." -msgstr "确保你完全核销了 **银行账户(s)** 直至年底, 同时确认登帐期末余额和银行对账单的期末余额一致。" +msgstr "确保你完全调节了 **银行账户(s)** 直至年底, 同时确认登帐期末余额和银行对账单的期末余额一致。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." @@ -2213,7 +2214,7 @@ msgstr "运行 **税报表** , 并验证你的税务信息是正确的。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "在 **资产负债表** 上核销所有科目 :" +msgstr "调节 **资产负债表** 上所有科目 :" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -2225,7 +2226,7 @@ msgstr "将银行对账单和实际的银行余额一致, 可利用 **Bank Recon msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "通过运行 **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** 报表, 核销所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" +msgstr "通过运行 **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** 报表, 调节所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2241,7 +2242,7 @@ msgid "" "Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" " the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "运行选项 **付款匹配** 特性, 在仪表盘上的下拉 **更多** , 验证所有 **供应商账单** 和 **客户发票** 以及他们的付款。这一步是可选的, 如果所有未付款和发票已核销, 同时可能会发现系统中的错误, 但是它可能帮助年终操作, 。" +msgstr "运行选项 **付款匹配** 特性, 在仪表盘上的下拉 **更多** , 验证所有 **供应商账单** 和 **客户发票** 以及他们的付款。这一步是可选的, 如果所有未付款和发票已调节, 同时可能会发现系统中的错误, 但是它可能帮助年终操作, 。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -2261,7 +2262,7 @@ msgstr " **工作进度** ." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "折旧帐簿明细" +msgstr "**折旧分类账分录**" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." @@ -2385,7 +2386,7 @@ msgid "" "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " "this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." -msgstr "首先, 你应该创建一个分析科目用来记录所有的费用。输入会计应用程序, 选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts` . 创建一个新的。在这种情况下, 我们将称之为“咨询包”, 为我们的客户Smith&Co所创建。" +msgstr "首先, 你应该创建一个分析科目用来记录所有的费用。输入会计应用程序, 选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts` . 创建一个新的。在这种情况下, 我们将称之为“咨询包\" , 为我们的客户Smith&Co所创建。 " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." @@ -2428,11 +2429,11 @@ msgstr "进入费用模块, 点击 :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create` . 选 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." -msgstr "向经理提交, 等待经理批准, 和凭证过账." +msgstr "提交给经理, 等待经理批准, 以及登录会计分录." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" -msgstr "创建链接到分析账户的采购订单" +msgstr "创建采购订单，并链接到分析账户" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:105 msgid "Purchase Product" @@ -2453,7 +2454,7 @@ msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " "account." -msgstr "收货并登记发票。发票一旦进入成本价格( **供应商价格** 字段)同时将记录在分析科目上。" +msgstr "收货并登记发票。一旦在发票输入了成本价格( **供应商价格** 字段)同时将记录在分析账户。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:121 msgid "Subcontracting" @@ -2479,7 +2480,7 @@ msgstr "你也可以用工时表跟踪成本, 请参阅 : : doc :`timesheets` " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "Track costs in accounting" -msgstr "在会计中跟踪成本" +msgstr "在会计中追踪成本" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -2497,14 +2498,14 @@ msgstr "进入会计模块, 点击 :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Account msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." -msgstr "选择“咨询包-史密斯”, 单击成本和销售按钮, 以此来查看这个科目下的所有的成本。" +msgstr "选择“咨询包-史密斯\" , 单击成本和销售按钮, 以此来查看这个科目下的所有的成本。 " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:153 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " "analytical account." -msgstr "收入的话, 在发票菜单下开具 '咨询包' 的发票, 将发票行链接到分析科目。" +msgstr "收入的话, 在发票菜单下开具'咨询包'的发票, 将发票行链接到分析科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" @@ -2997,7 +2998,7 @@ msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " "This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." -msgstr "成本不是分配至销售和营销部门, 而是将每个成本分配给其相应的产品范围。这将给你一个分析每种产品的盈利能力范围。" +msgstr "此种变异，不是按销售和营销部门分配, 而是将每个成本分配给其相应的产品范围。这将给你每种产品范围的的盈利能力分析的可能性。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -3045,7 +3046,7 @@ msgid "" "invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" " have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" " basis of the hourly cost per employee." -msgstr "不同情况下的账单有点不寻常。一般的情况下, 不匹配任何科目的凭证不是来自采购或销售发票。他们所代表的各种分析操作, 在一般科目中找不到确切的匹配。他们是计算每个员工的每小时成本的基础。" +msgstr "对于不同情况的账单有些不同寻常。该情况，不匹配总账科目中的任何分录，不管它们来自采购还是销售发票。他们由各种分析操作所表示, 在总账科目中找不到确切的对方。他们是基于每个员工的每小时成本计算出。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -3295,7 +3296,7 @@ msgstr " **科目类型列表** " #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "应收账款" +msgstr "应收" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 msgid "Payable" @@ -3315,7 +3316,7 @@ msgstr "非流动资产" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "预付账款" +msgstr "预付款" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 @@ -3364,7 +3365,7 @@ msgstr "直接成本" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "我如何来配置我的科目？" +msgstr "如何配置科目？" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -3390,7 +3391,7 @@ msgid "" "To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " "button." -msgstr "要创建一个新科目, 转到会计应用模块。打开菜单 :menuselection: '顾问 -->科目表' , 点击 **新建** 按钮。" +msgstr "要创建一个新科目, 转到会计应用模块。打开菜单 :menuselection:'顾问 -->科目表', 点击 **新建** 按钮。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -3405,7 +3406,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "强迫本科目所有的分录有此会计币种。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -3422,7 +3423,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看 *新建会计科目*" +msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看 *创建科目*" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" @@ -3438,7 +3439,7 @@ msgid "" "`__, one of " "the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" " average cost." -msgstr "在 ` *inventory valuation page* ` __, 一个可能的成本方式是你可以使用永恒的库存成本估值方式, 平均成本。" +msgstr "在 `*inventory valuation page* ` __, 一个可能的成本方式是你可以使用永恒的库存成本估值方式, 平均成本。" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -3555,7 +3556,7 @@ msgstr "以$10收到8个产品" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "+8\\ *$10" +msgstr "+8\\*$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 @@ -3582,7 +3583,7 @@ msgstr "以$16收到4个产品" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "+4\\ *$16" +msgstr "+4\\*$16" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 @@ -3625,7 +3626,7 @@ msgstr "发货10片产品" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "-10\\ *$12" +msgstr "-10\\*$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 @@ -3655,14 +3656,14 @@ msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " "the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -msgstr "在接收第二单货时, 平均成本更新, 因为库存总额现在\" $80 + 4 *$16 = $144 \". 我们手头有12件, 平均价格每单位是\" $144 / 12 = $12 \"." +msgstr "在接收第二单货时, 平均成本更新, 因为库存总额现在\" $80 + 4 *$16 = $144 \\ \". 我们手头有12件, 平均价格每单位是\" $144 / 12 = $12 \\ \"." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" " each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -msgstr "根据定义, 交付的10个产品并不改变平均成本。的确, 现在库存价值24美元, 因为我们只剩下2件, 每件为“24美元/ 2 = $ 12 '' 。" +msgstr "根据定义, 交付的10个产品并不改变平均成本。的确, 现在库存价值24美元, 因为我们只剩下2件, 每件为“24美元/ 2 = $ 12''。" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" @@ -3691,7 +3692,7 @@ msgstr "以原始购买价格$10退回1个产品" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "-1\\ *$12" +msgstr "-1\\*$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 @@ -3726,7 +3727,7 @@ msgstr "给客户发货1片产品" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "-1\\ *$10" +msgstr "-1\\*$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 @@ -3907,7 +3908,7 @@ msgstr "在 **会计** 应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments` #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." -msgstr "日记帐分录已过账但不分配。" +msgstr "会计分录已过账但没有分配。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 @@ -3933,7 +3934,7 @@ msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." -msgstr "核销的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到的发票货币下的金额及本位币下的总额。" +msgstr "调节的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到的发票货币下的金额及本位币下的总额。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" @@ -3944,7 +3945,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." -msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** 凭证。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -3954,12 +3955,12 @@ msgstr "在会计设置上, 可以更改汇率差异账的设置." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure` " #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases` " #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 @@ -4142,23 +4143,23 @@ msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." -msgstr "当核销时, Odoo将收款直接与正确的发票匹配。你会得到的发票金额和公司本位币金额。" +msgstr "当调节时, Odoo将收款直接与正确的发票匹配。你会得到的发票金额和公司本位币金额。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" " in it." -msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** 凭证。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr " :doc:`invoices_payments` " +msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments` " #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr " :doc:`exchange` " +msgstr ":doc:`exchange` " #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" @@ -4235,18 +4236,18 @@ msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." -msgstr "核销的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到的发票货币下的金额及本位币下的总额。" +msgstr "调节的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到的发票货币下的金额及本位币下的总额。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." -msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** 凭证。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr " :doc:`how_it_works` " +msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works` " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 @@ -4316,11 +4317,11 @@ msgstr "基于单个日期(例如余额表)" msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." " Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "根据日期范围的“老”和“总计”列, 最后的3个月(如. 业务伙伴账龄余额表)" +msgstr "根据日期范围的“老\" 和“总计 \"列, 最后的3个月(如. 业务伙伴账龄余额表)" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "基于日期区间和金额式(例如现金流量表)" +msgstr "基于日期范围，以及现金收付制方法(例如现金流量表)" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" @@ -4348,13 +4349,13 @@ msgstr "在公式中有几个可用对象 :" msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." -msgstr "\" Ndays \" : 选择的期间的天数 (报表的日期范围)。" +msgstr "\" Ndays \\ \": 选择的期间的天数 (报表的日期范围)。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "另一份报告, 引用的代码。使用“。平衡“获得其余额(也可用\" .credit \",\" .debit \"and\" .amount_residual \")" +msgstr "另一份报告, 引用的代码。使用“。平衡“获得其余额(也可用\" .credit \\ \",\" .debit \\ \"and\" .amount_residual \\ \")" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -4364,7 +4365,7 @@ msgid "" "formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " "domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " "by one of their columns." -msgstr "一行也来自所选域的科目的总和。在何种情况下, 需要填写域字段. 然后一个额外的对象可以在公式, 即 '' 和 '' , 科目的总和。您还可以使用group by字段组合科目行。" +msgstr "一行也来自所选域的科目的总和。在何种情况下, 需要填写域字段. 然后一个额外的对象可以在公式, 即''和'', 科目的总和。您还可以使用group by字段组合科目行。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 msgid "Other useful fields :" @@ -4372,34 +4373,34 @@ msgstr "其余有用的字段 :" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr " **类型**: 公式结果的类型。" +msgstr " **类型**: 公式结果的类型。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr " **正数增长是好的吗**: 在计算比较列时使用。检查增长是否是好事(显示在绿色)。" +msgstr " **正数增长是好的吗**: 在计算比较列时使用。检查增长是否是好事(显示在绿色)。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr " **特别日期改变**: 如果报表中一个特定的行不应使用与其余部分相同的日期。" +msgstr " **特别日期改变**: 如果报表中一个特定的行不应使用与其余部分相同的日期。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr " **Show domain**: 显示行的域。可以折叠(“默认”, 藏在开始处, 但可以展开), “总是”(总是显示)或“never”(永远不会)。" +msgstr " **Show domain**: 显示行的域。可以折叠(“默认\" , 藏在开始处, 但可以展开), “总是 \"(总是显示)或“never\" (永远不会)。 " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr " :doc:`main_reports` " +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports` " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "可用的主要报表是什么？" +msgstr "有哪些可用的主要报表？" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4471,7 +4472,7 @@ msgstr "资产负债表" msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" +msgstr " **资产负债表** 显示你的组织的资产，负债，和权益在一个特定日期的快照。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 msgid "Profit and Loss" @@ -4490,7 +4491,7 @@ msgstr "科目表" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" +msgstr "分类账科目的列表" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" @@ -4500,7 +4501,7 @@ msgstr "执行概要" msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" +msgstr " **执行概要** 允许快速查看所有需要用来运行公司的重要图表。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -4546,7 +4547,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr " **位置 :** " +msgstr " **状况:** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" @@ -4556,7 +4557,7 @@ msgstr " **平均债务人天数 :** " msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "平均天数, 它需要你的客户安装客户发票支付给你(完全)" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" @@ -4566,7 +4567,7 @@ msgstr " **平均债权人天数 :** " msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." -msgstr "" +msgstr "平均天数，它需要你按账单支付你的供应商(完全)" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" @@ -4727,7 +4728,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:55 msgid "Defining Fiscal Positions" -msgstr "定义财政位置" +msgstr "定义财政状况" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -4740,7 +4741,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To define fiscal positions, from the **Accounting** application, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要定义财政状况，从 **会计** 应用，转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 财政状况`。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -4759,7 +4760,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:78 msgid "Apply fiscal positions automatically" -msgstr "自动应用财政位置" +msgstr "自动应用财政状况" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -4796,7 +4797,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:107 msgid "Using fiscal positions" -msgstr "使用财政位置" +msgstr "使用财政状况" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -4832,7 +4833,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:132 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr " :doc:`create` " +msgstr ":doc:`create` " #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to define new taxes?" @@ -4872,7 +4873,7 @@ msgstr "在创建新的税的时候, 你可以设置如下信息 :" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:29 msgid "**Scope**: Sales, Purchases or None (e.g. deprecated tax)" -msgstr " **范围**: 销售, 采购或者没有(例如, 过时的税收)" +msgstr " **范围**: 销售, 采购或者没有(例如, 过时的税收)" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -4925,7 +4926,7 @@ msgstr " **价格的百分比** , 含税 :例如巴西" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:58 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr " **税组**: 能使用复合税" +msgstr " **税组**: 能使用复合税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -5011,11 +5012,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr " :doc:`application` " +msgstr ":doc:`application` " #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`retention`" -msgstr " :doc:`retention` " +msgstr ":doc:`retention` " #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" @@ -5198,13 +5199,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " "order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "Odoo针对每个业务自动创建背后的会计凭证, 包括 :客户发票, 销售点订单, 报销, 收发货, 等等。" +msgstr "Odoo为每个会计交易自动创建背后的日记账分录, 包括 :客户发票, 销售点订单, 报销, 库存移动, 等等。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "Odoo采用复式簿记规则 :所有日记帐分录自动平衡（借方金额=学分的总和）。" +msgstr "Odoo采用复式记账规则 : 所有日记账分录自动平衡（借方总和 = 贷方总和）。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -5214,14 +5215,14 @@ msgstr " `理解每个单据的odoo会计交易 ` with the related invoice when processing the " "bank statement" -msgstr "在处理银行对账单时, 付款的会计分录建立, 并与相关的发票 :ref:`reconciled ` 。" +msgstr "在处理银行对账单时, 付款的会计分录创建, 并与相关的发票 :ref:`调节` 。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" @@ -5849,15 +5850,15 @@ msgstr "支票处理" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" -msgstr "有两种方法来管理的检查和内部电汇 :" +msgstr "有两种方法来管理支票和内部电汇 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "2笔日记帐分录和1笔核销记录" +msgstr "2笔日记帐分录和1笔调节记录" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "1笔日记帐分录和1笔银行对账核销记录" +msgstr "1笔日记帐分录和1笔银行对账调节记录" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -5938,7 +5939,7 @@ msgstr "对账单XYZ" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 msgid "Accounting Terminologies" -msgstr "会计名词术语" +msgstr "会计术语" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 msgid "Journal" @@ -5992,7 +5993,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:40 msgid "Journal Entry" -msgstr "日记帐分录" +msgstr "会计分录" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -6319,11 +6320,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "核销" +msgstr "调节" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "我们开始核销吧!" +msgstr "我们开始调节吧!" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -6491,12 +6492,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于欧洲国家会计, 分类账分录将会使用以下科目 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr " **应付科目 :** 在供应商页面维护" +msgstr " **应付账款 :** 在供应商页面维护" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 @@ -6561,7 +6562,7 @@ msgid "" "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " "daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " "checks in batches." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你选择用支票支付你的供应商。Odoo提供一个方法直接从你的供应商付款来做。不管你每日做，还是在每周结束时做，你总是可以批量打印支票。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -6585,7 +6586,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "应付账龄余额" +msgstr "到期应付余额" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -6606,7 +6607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr " :doc:`customer_invoice` " +msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice` " #: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" @@ -6691,7 +6692,7 @@ msgstr "销售价 : 0.32" msgid "" "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " "Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "计量单位 :公里(Km) 或 英里(mile) (需在菜单[销售模块]-->[配置]中勾选\" 多个计量单位\\ \\ \"" +msgstr "计量单位 :公里(Km) 或 英里(mile) (需在菜单[销售模块]-->[配置]中勾选\" 多个计量单位\\ \\ \\ \"" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" @@ -6759,7 +6760,7 @@ msgstr "经理通过或者拒绝费用" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "会计对会计分录过账" +msgstr "会计登录日记账分录" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -6850,7 +6851,7 @@ msgstr "通过一个费用。" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "由会计经理控制" +msgstr "由会计控制" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -6920,7 +6921,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr " **基于记工单**: 重新给客户开票" +msgstr " **基于记工单**: 重新给客户开票" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" @@ -6935,7 +6936,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr " :doc:`forecast` " +msgstr ":doc:`forecast` " #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" @@ -6968,11 +6969,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "30天内支付50%" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "45天内支付50%" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7127,11 +7128,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "批量打印所有的已登记付款" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "核销银行对账单" +msgstr "调节银行对账单" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 msgid "Register a payment by check" @@ -7203,7 +7204,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" -msgstr "核销银行对账单" +msgstr "调节银行对账单" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -7245,11 +7246,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 msgid "`Print checks `_" -msgstr " ` 打印支票 ` _" +msgstr " `打印支票 ` _" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" -msgstr " ` 银行对账 ` _" +msgstr " `银行对账 ` _" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" @@ -7335,13 +7336,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "登记付款, 随后核销" +msgstr "登记付款, 随后调节" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." -msgstr "你也可以在付款登记之后对付款进行核销。" +msgstr "你也可以在付款登记之后对付款进行调节。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" @@ -7351,7 +7352,7 @@ msgstr "首先, 我们来创建一个付款" msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :`仪表盘 --> 银行分类账 --> 更多选项 --> 付款 ` " +msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :`仪表盘 --> 银行分类账 --> 更多选项 --> 付款` " #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -7375,7 +7376,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "详情参见银行核销过程, 请参阅 :" +msgstr "详情参见银行调节过程, 请参阅 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" @@ -7428,11 +7429,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "现在我们回到银行对账单并打开核销视图。" +msgstr "现在我们回到银行对账单，并打开调节视图。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "带有模型选项的银行对账单的核销, 见" +msgstr "对于带有模型选项的银行对账单的调节, 见" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 @@ -7600,7 +7601,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:168 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr " :doc:`check` " +msgstr ":doc:`check` " #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Supplier Bills" @@ -7856,7 +7857,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购 **服务** 类型的产品不会触发收货单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" @@ -7890,7 +7891,7 @@ msgstr "当发票是草稿状态时, 你可以做任何更改(比如移走或添 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的供应商也许会为同一个采购订单寄送多个账单如果：" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -7965,7 +7966,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 msgid "" "someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," -msgstr "" +msgstr "公司的某位员工忘了给这个供应商记录采购订单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." @@ -8099,7 +8100,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 msgid "Create a new model for cash discounts as follow:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为现金折扣创建如下类型" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:55 msgid "**Button Label**: Cash Discount" @@ -8135,7 +8136,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 msgid "Creating an invoice with a cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建带有现金折扣的发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -8152,7 +8153,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:92 msgid "Paying the invoice with a cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支付带有现金折扣的发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -8179,7 +8180,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:113 msgid "Paying the invoice in full" -msgstr "" +msgstr "全额付款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -8193,7 +8194,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr " :doc:`overview` " +msgstr ":doc:`overview` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" @@ -8223,7 +8224,7 @@ msgid "" "Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " "by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " "revenue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在未来24个月，你会按月减少递延收入账户$1,000 ($24,000/24)，这部分被识别为收入。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 msgid "Module installation" @@ -8257,7 +8258,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如：12个月维修合同" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" @@ -8315,7 +8316,7 @@ msgstr "1年产品合同" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售产品和开具发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -8500,7 +8501,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr " :doc:`payment_terms` " +msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:3 msgid "How to modify a validated invoice?" @@ -8516,7 +8517,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:10 msgid "Thus, the right way to modify an invoice is to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "因此，修改发票的正确方法是：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:12 msgid "Refund the original invoice" @@ -8557,7 +8558,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:28 msgid "Validate the new invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认新发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -8575,18 +8576,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:41 msgid "Edit this new draft invoice and validate it when it's correct." -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑这个新发票，验证无误后确认" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:45 msgid "" "if you already sent the original invoice to your customer, you should send " "the new invoice and the refund to the customer so that he gets all the " "documents." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你已经把初始发票寄给了你的客户，你应该把新开的发票和退还款项也寄送给客户以使其得到全部记录" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:50 msgid ":doc:`refund`" -msgstr " :doc:`refund` " +msgstr ":doc:`refund` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" @@ -8880,7 +8881,7 @@ msgstr "但是, 如果你需要管理供应商方面有几批, 你仍然可以 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr " :doc:`cash_discounts` " +msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" @@ -8957,7 +8958,7 @@ msgid "" "If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " "button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " "refund\"." -msgstr "如果您需要退还部分现有发票, 使用发票的退款发票按钮。在退款方法域, 选择 '创建退款草案' 。" +msgstr "如果您需要退还部分现有发票, 使用发票的退款发票按钮。在退款方法域, 选择'创建退款草案'。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -9027,7 +9028,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "选项1 : 未缴存的资金" +msgstr "选项1 : 未存入的资金" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" @@ -9040,7 +9041,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "将该分类帐有关的银行科目设置“允许核销”" +msgstr "将该分类帐有关的银行科目设置“允许调节\" " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 @@ -9073,7 +9074,7 @@ msgstr " **备忘**: 写上支票号码" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "此操作将会生成如下会计分录：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 @@ -9102,7 +9103,7 @@ msgstr "100.00" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "未存入的款項" +msgstr "未存入的资金" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 @@ -9140,7 +9141,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选项2: 仅一笔分类账分录" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -9239,7 +9240,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " "--> Create`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在会计模块，转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 分类账 --> 创建`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -9262,7 +9263,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once it's done, don't forget to set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow " "Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "完成后, 请别忘了将信用卡科目设为允许核销" +msgstr "完成后, 请别忘了将\"信用卡\"科目设为\"允许调节\"。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 @@ -9367,17 +9368,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:167 msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr " :doc:`recording` " +msgstr ":doc:`recording` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr " :doc:`paypal` " +msgstr ":doc:`paypal` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr " :doc:`followup` " +msgstr ":doc:`followup` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?" @@ -9532,7 +9533,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:111 msgid "Customers you have not yet received a payment from" -msgstr "" +msgstr "未付款客户" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -9555,7 +9556,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:125 msgid "Some Examples are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "举一些例子：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:127 msgid "**Email**: 3 days before overdue date" @@ -9563,7 +9564,7 @@ msgstr " **Email**: 截止日期前3天" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:129 msgid "**Email+Letter**: at the overdue date" -msgstr " **Email+Letter**: 在截止日" +msgstr " **Email+Letter**: 在截止日" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:131 msgid "**Email+Call**: 15 days after the overdue date" @@ -9589,7 +9590,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:150 msgid "DSO: Measuring your performance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DSO:评估你的绩效" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -9604,7 +9605,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can get the DSO of your company from the Executive Summary report under " "Reporting (check the KPI average debtors days)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以从报告下的执行概要得到你公司的DSO (检查KPI平均债务人天数)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to accept paypal payments on invoices?" @@ -9616,7 +9617,7 @@ msgid "" "paypal, for your sales orders, invoices, or online orders. As paypal accepts" " payments through credit cards (VISA, Mastercard, …), you will be able to " "process most payment methods." -msgstr "" +msgstr " **PayPal 付款收单方** 模块允许你通过paypal为销售订单，发票，以及在线订单接受付款。因为paypal接受通过信用卡(VISA，万事达)付款，你就能处理大多数的付款方式。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:10 msgid "Paypal support two modes:" @@ -9642,17 +9643,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:26 msgid "Install the \"PayPal Payment Acquirer\" module" -msgstr "安装 \" PayPal 付款托收\\ \\ \"模块" +msgstr "安装 \" PayPal 付款收单方\" 模块" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Start by installing the **PayPal Payment Acquirer** module." -msgstr "开始安装 **PayPal 付款托收** 模块。" +msgstr "从安装 **PayPal 付款收单方** 模块开始。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:30 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see a new payment acquirer in the " "Setting application, menu \"Payment Acquirers\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦模块被安装了, 你应该看到设置应用里面的新付款托收，菜单\"付款收单方\" :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -9693,7 +9694,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:66 msgid "Access \"Website preferences\" and configure Auto Return" -msgstr "访问”网站参考“并配置自动回复" +msgstr "访问\" 网站参考“并配置自动回复 " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:68 msgid "**Database name**: yourcompany" @@ -9722,7 +9723,7 @@ msgstr "例子" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:86 msgid "**Database name**: \"yourcompany\"" -msgstr " **数据库名称**: “你的公司”" +msgstr " **数据库名称**: “你的公司\" " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:88 msgid "**Notification URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn/" @@ -9736,7 +9737,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Set the encoding to UTF-8 from the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Language Encoding --> More Options --> More selling tools`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从菜单 :menuselection:`设置 --> 语言编码 --> 更多选项 --> 更多 selling tools` 设置编码为 UTF-8" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -9755,12 +9756,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:118 msgid "Setup your Paypal Payment Acquirer account credentials in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo 设置Paypal付款收单方账号证明。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:120 msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Payments --> Payment Acquirers --> Paypal`" -msgstr " :菜单选择:`设置--> 付款--> 付款托收--> Paypal` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`设置--> 付款--> 付款收单方--> Paypal` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:122 msgid "**Paypal Email ID**: your paypal account email address" @@ -9784,7 +9785,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:143 msgid "You can either:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可以:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:145 msgid "Enter the correct return URL and activate Auto Return" @@ -9799,7 +9800,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr " :doc:`credit_cards` " +msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" @@ -9902,7 +9903,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" -msgstr "核销所有未清付款和发票" +msgstr "调节所有未清付款和发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -10007,7 +10008,7 @@ msgstr "邮箱" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 msgid "automated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动的" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 msgid "1 day after due date" @@ -10148,7 +10149,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:99 msgid "From a customer follow-up proposition, you can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过客户跟进提议, 你可以:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:101 msgid "Get the customer information to contact him" @@ -10178,7 +10179,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:114 msgid "Send an email with the statement" -msgstr "发送一份申明邮件" +msgstr "发送一份账单邮件" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -10254,4 +10255,4 @@ msgstr "Odoo 可以为特定客户免开发票 , 通过点击复选框 **排除* #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:168 msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions." -msgstr "如果你在 **历史记录** 点击, 你会看到所有相关的动作。" +msgstr "如果你点击了 **历史记录** , 你可以看到所有的后续操作。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 199d2fdd4..538a23946 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:14+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-03 05:06+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ msgid "" "button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access " "the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias " "and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone." -msgstr "您可以轻松地个性化您的销售团队的别名。点击销售团队所选择的\" 更多\\ \\ \"按钮, 然后在 **设定** 进入销售团队的形式。进入 **电子邮件别名** 字段中输入您的电子邮件别名, 然后点击 **保存** 。确保允许从所有人接收电子邮件。" +msgstr "您可以轻松地个性化您的销售团队的别名。点击销售团队所选择的\" 更多\\ \\ \\ \"按钮, 然后在 **设定** 进入销售团队的形式。进入 **电子邮件别名** 字段中输入您的电子邮件别名, 然后点击 **保存** 。确保允许从所有人接收电子邮件。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -124,19 +124,19 @@ msgstr "您可以在这里看到下面的截图单选按钮选择从 catch-all #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194 msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr " :doc:`manual` " +msgstr ":doc:`manual` " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195 msgid ":doc:`import`" -msgstr " :doc:`import` " +msgstr ":doc:`import` " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73 msgid ":doc:`website`" -msgstr " :doc:`website` " +msgstr ":doc:`website` " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3 msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?" @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ msgid "" "This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` " "from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** " "button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here `)" -msgstr "这种激活将创建一个新的子菜单 :`销售 - > 线索` 从中你将能够从 **导入** 按钮, 导入联系人(如果你想手动创建一个线索, : doc :`点击这里<手册>` )" +msgstr "这种激活将创建一个新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售 - > 线索` 从中你将能够从 **导入** 按钮, 导入联系人(如果你想手动创建一个线索, : doc :`点击这里<手册>` )" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41 msgid "Import your CSV file" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ msgstr "其他关于如何导入联系情况到Odoo CRM的技术信息, 可以 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196 msgid ":doc:`emails`" -msgstr " :doc:`emails` " +msgstr ":doc:`emails` " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3 msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?" @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ msgid "" "<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in " "the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created " "opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline." -msgstr "您也可以直接将联系添加到特定的销售团队, 而无需先转换成线索。在销售模块, 进入你的仪表板和点击所需的销售团队的 **管道** 按钮。如果你没有任何的销售团队呢, :DOC: '你需要先创建一个<../../销售组/设置/ 创建_队伍> `。然后, 点击 **创建** 并如上图所示的方法填写联系情况。默认情况下, 新创建的机会将出现在您的销售管道的第一个阶段。" +msgstr "您也可以直接将联系添加到特定的销售团队, 而无需先转换成线索。在销售模块, 进入你的仪表板和点击所需的销售团队的 **管道** 按钮。如果你没有任何的销售团队呢, :DOC:'你需要先创建一个<../../销售组/设置/ 创建_队伍> `。然后, 点击 **创建** 并如上图所示的方法填写联系情况。默认情况下, 新创建的机会将出现在您的销售管道的第一个阶段。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ msgid "" "Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, " "click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on " "**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface." -msgstr "从安装网站建设者模块开始。从主仪表盘, 点击 **应用** , 在搜索栏中输入“ **网站** ”, 并点击 **安装** 。您将被自动重定向到Web界面。" +msgstr "从安装网站建设者模块开始。从主仪表盘, 点击 **应用** , 在搜索栏中输入“ **网站** \" , 并点击 **安装** 。您将被自动重定向到Web界面。 " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ msgid "" "left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact " "Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag " "otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**." -msgstr "要安装它, 使用在屏幕的左上角方形图标回到后台。然后, 点击 **应用程序** , 输入“ **联系表** ”, 在搜索栏(不要忘记删除 **应用程序** 标记, 否则你将看不到该模块), 然后单击 **安装** 。" +msgstr "要安装它, 使用在屏幕的左上角方形图标回到后台。然后, 点击 **应用程序** , 输入“ **联系表** \" , 在搜索栏(不要忘记删除 **应用程序** 标记, 否则你将看不到该模块), 然后单击 **安装** 。 " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ msgid "" "your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all " "data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a " "new lead." -msgstr "一旦模块安装完, 如下联系表单会集成到你的“联系我们”的页面。这个表单被链接到Odoo CRM, 意味着所有通过这个表单输入的数据会被CRM捕获并生成一个新线索。" +msgstr "一旦模块安装完, 如下联系表单会集成到你的“联系我们\" 的页面。这个表单被链接到Odoo CRM, 意味着所有通过这个表单输入的数据会被CRM捕获并生成一个新线索。 " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ msgid "" "other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a" " salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an " "opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost." -msgstr "通过联系表单创建的所有线索都可以在销售模块中访问, 通过点击 :菜单选择:`销售 - > Leads` 。线索的名字对应与联系表格上的“主题”字段, 其他所有的信息都存储在CRM中的相应字段。作为销售人员, 你可以添加更多的信息, 率先转变成一个机会, 甚至直接将其标记为赢或输。" +msgstr "通过联系表单创建的所有线索都可以在销售模块中访问, 通过点击 :菜单选择:`销售 - > Leads` 。线索的名字对应与联系表格上的“主题\" 字段, 其他所有的信息都存储在CRM中的相应字段。作为销售人员, 你可以添加更多的信息, 率先转变成一个机会, 甚至直接将其标记为赢或输。 " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123 msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module" @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ msgid "" "will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your " "desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The" " Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section." -msgstr "从后端, 转到设置和安装“ **网站表单生成器** ”模块(不要忘记删除 **应用程序** 标记, 否则你将看不到模块)。然后, 回到网站上, 去你想要的目标网页, 然后点击编辑访问可用片段。表单生成器片段位于 **功能** 部分。" +msgstr "从后端, 转到设置和安装“ **网站表单生成器** \" 模块(不要忘记删除 **应用程序** 标记, 否则你将看不到模块)。然后, 回到网站上, 去你想要的目标网页, 然后点击编辑访问可用片段。表单生成器片段位于 **功能** 部分。 " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ msgid "" " redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any " "URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the " "submission)." -msgstr "一旦你已经把你的表单放置在您希望的网页位置上, 一个 **表单参数** 窗口会弹出。从 **行动** 下拉列表中, 选择 **创建一个线索** 在Odoo CRM自动创建线索。在 **谢谢** 字段中, 选择要重定向访问者提交表单后(你不添加任何URL, 消息“表格已成功发送”网页的URL将确认提交)。" +msgstr "一旦你已经把你的表单放置在您希望的网页位置上, 一个 **表单参数** 窗口会弹出。从 **行动** 下拉列表中, 选择 **创建一个线索** 在Odoo CRM自动创建线索。在 **谢谢** 字段中, 选择要重定向访问者提交表单后(你不添加任何URL, 消息“表格已成功发送\" 网页的URL将确认提交)。 " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ msgstr "然后, 您可以开始创建自定义窗体。要添加新的领域, msgid "" "**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and" " change the configuration" -msgstr " **变更表参数**: 让你回到表单参数和更改配置" +msgstr " **变更表参数**: 让你回到表单参数和更改配置" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ msgid "" "CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, " "the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the " "CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form." -msgstr " **添加一个模型字段**: 允许您从下拉列表中添加Odoo CRM现有的字段。例如, 如果您选择的字段 *国家* , 在线索中输入的这个值就会出现在CRM *国家* 字段里 - 即使你改变窗体上的字段的名称。" +msgstr " **添加一个模型字段**: 允许您从下拉列表中添加Odoo CRM现有的字段。例如, 如果您选择的字段 *国家* , 在线索中输入的这个值就会出现在CRM *国家* 字段里 - 即使你改变窗体上的字段的名称。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ msgid "" "default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within" " the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, " "decimal number, etc." -msgstr " **添加自定义字段**: 允许您添加默认情况下不会在Odoo CRM存在额外的字段。输入的值将添加在CRM中的“注意事项”中。您可以创建任意字段类型: 复选框, 单选按钮, 文本, 十进制数等。" +msgstr " **添加自定义字段**: 允许您添加默认情况下不会在Odoo CRM存在额外的字段。输入的值将添加在CRM中的“注意事项\" 中。您可以创建任意字段类型: 复选框, 单选按钮, 文本, 十进制数等。 " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172 msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend." @@ -550,14 +550,14 @@ msgid "" "button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to " "your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here " "`)." -msgstr "如果您使用Odoo CRM但不是Odoo网站, 您依然可以用电子邮件网关自动化您的在线销售过程, 通过编辑表单上“提交”按钮, 更换超级链接, 用一个mailto到你的相关的邮件别名(了解如何创建销售别名 :DOC: '<电子邮件> `)。" +msgstr "如果您使用Odoo CRM但不是Odoo网站, 您依然可以用电子邮件网关自动化您的在线销售过程, 通过编辑表单上“提交\" 按钮, 更换超级链接, 用一个mailto到你的相关的邮件别名(了解如何创建销售别名 :DOC:'<电子邮件> `)。 " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183 msgid "" "For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add" " ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)" " to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "例如, 如果你的公司的别名是 **salesEMEA@mycompany.com** , 加\" mailto :salesEMEA@mycompany.com \"到常规超链接的代码(CTRL + K)来生成一个线索到相关销售团队Odoo CRM。" +msgstr "例如, 如果你的公司的别名是 **salesEMEA@mycompany.com** , 加\" mailto :salesEMEA@mycompany.com \\ \"到常规超链接的代码(CTRL + K)来生成一个线索到相关销售团队Odoo CRM。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage leads" @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ msgid "" " of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any " "sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " "<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`." -msgstr "从销售模块, 进入你的仪表板和在期望的销售团队上点击 **更多** 按钮, 然后在 **设定** 。如果你没有任何的销售团队呢, :DOC: '你需要先创建一个<../../销售团队/设置/制作团队> `。" +msgstr "从销售模块, 进入你的仪表板和在期望的销售团队上点击 **更多** 按钮, 然后在 **设定** 。如果你没有任何的销售团队呢, :DOC:'你需要先创建一个<../../销售团队/设置/制作团队> `。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ msgstr "例如, 如果你希望你的 *直接销售团队* 只接收从美国和 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59 msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``" -msgstr "\" [[country_id, 'in' , [ 'United States' , 'Canada' ]]] \"" +msgstr "\" [[country_id,'in', ['United States','Canada']]] \\ \"" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ msgid "" "under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and " "the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how " "to score leads here `." -msgstr "您还可以基于您的线索评分进行自动分配。例如, 我们可以想像, 你希望所有100下得分的线索分配给普通的销售团队和超过100导致了更有经验的销售团队。了解更多关于 :DOC: '这里怎么得分线索<线索得分> `。" +msgstr "您还可以基于您的线索评分进行自动分配。例如, 我们可以想像, 你希望所有100下得分的线索分配给普通的销售团队和超过100导致了更有经验的销售团队。了解更多关于 :DOC:'这里怎么得分线索<线索得分> `。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72 msgid "Define rules for a salesperson" @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ msgstr "在Odoo, 线索总是先被分配到一个销售团队再分配给销售 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95 #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../overview/started/setup` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup` " #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?" @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ msgid "" "\"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to" " your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality " "opportunities." -msgstr "Odoo线索评分模块允许你给基于特定标准线索评分 - 值越高, 就越有可能的前景“准备销售”。因此, 机会最好的导线会自动分配给您的销售人员, 质量差的机会不会充斥你的销售管道。" +msgstr "Odoo线索评分模块允许你给基于特定标准线索评分 - 值越高, 就越有可能的前景“准备销售\" 。因此, 机会最好的导线会自动分配给您的销售人员, 质量差的机会不会充斥你的销售管道。 " #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ msgid "" "more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the " "leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and " "``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain." -msgstr "首先命名您的规则, 然后输入一个值和一个域(请参 `官方Python文档的` __了解更多信息)。例如, 如果要分配8分给从 **比利时** 来的所有引线, 你需要给\" 8 \"为 **值** 和\" [[ '国家\\_id' , =, '比利时' ]] \"作为一个域。" +msgstr "首先命名您的规则, 然后输入一个值和一个域(请参 `官方Python文档的` __了解更多信息)。例如, 如果要分配8分给从 **比利时** 来的所有引线, 你需要给\" 8 \\ \"为 **值** 和\" [['国家\\_id', =,'比利时']] \\ \"作为一个域。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68 msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :" @@ -788,25 +788,25 @@ msgstr "下面是一些标准你可以用来建立一个评分规则 :" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70 msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``" -msgstr "原产地 :\" 'country_id' \"" +msgstr "原产地 :\" 'country_id'\\ \"" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72 msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``" -msgstr "销售周期的阶段 :\" 'stage_id' \"" +msgstr "销售周期的阶段 :\" 'stage_id'\\ \"" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74 msgid "" "email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :" " ``'email_from'``" -msgstr "电子邮件地址(例如, 如果你想给专业电子邮件地址评分) :\" 'email_from' \"" +msgstr "电子邮件地址(例如, 如果你想给专业电子邮件地址评分) :\" 'email_from'\\ \"" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76 msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``" -msgstr "页面访问 :\" 'score_pageview_ids.url' \"" +msgstr "页面访问 :\" 'score_pageview_ids.url'\\ \"" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78 msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``" -msgstr "营销活动名称 :\" 'campaign_id' \"" +msgstr "营销活动名称 :\" 'campaign_id'\\ \"" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ msgid "" "opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower " "score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team" " which has set up a different minimum score." -msgstr "从上面的例子中, **直销** 队只会收到不低于\" 50 \"的机会。分数较低的前景可以保持在线索阶段或分配给其他已设置了不同的最低分数的销售团队。" +msgstr "从上面的例子中, **直销** 队只会收到不低于\" 50 \\ \"的机会。分数较低的前景可以保持在线索阶段或分配给其他已设置了不同的最低分数的销售团队。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ msgstr "组织你的 **营销** 和 **销售之** 团队之间的会议, 对于 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" -msgstr " :doc:`automatic_assignation` " +msgstr ":doc:`automatic_assignation` " #: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3 msgid "Odoo VOIP" @@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ msgid "" "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " "srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "在菜单, 到资源选项确保res_srtp 是激活的。如果是 3 x 's 到res_srtp, 就说明strp库有问题, 你必须重新安装它。保存配置(按 X). 你可以看到在res_pjsip 行前的星星。" +msgstr "在菜单, 到资源选项确保res_srtp 是激活的。如果是 3 x's 到res_srtp, 就说明strp库有问题, 你必须重新安装它。保存配置(按 X). 你可以看到在res_pjsip 行前的星星。" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:105 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ msgid "" "Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " "allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "接下来, 编辑sip.conf。该WebRTC技术需要加密, AVPF和冰支持是启用的。在大多数情况下, 直接媒体应禁用。此外, 根据客户WebRTC技术, 传输需要被列为“WS”来允许WebSocket连接。所有这些配置行应该在peer自己下面;全局范围内设置这些配置行可能无法正常工作 :" +msgstr "接下来, 编辑sip.conf。该WebRTC技术需要加密, AVPF和冰支持是启用的。在大多数情况下, 直接媒体应禁用。此外, 根据客户WebRTC技术, 传输需要被列为“WS\" 来允许WebSocket连接。所有这些配置行应该在peer自己下面;全局范围内设置这些配置行可能无法正常工作 : " #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ msgstr "ODOO CRM 介绍" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "成绩单" +msgstr "台本" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ msgid "" "closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a " "first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation" " stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well." -msgstr "如果我想更深入地了解细节, 我点击下一步行动, 我可以看到, 今天我已经计划与Think Big Systems 通电话。我通常会去我的销售管道做我每天的回顾。这个过程对于团队中每个人是一样的。我们的工作是找到分销商, 在任何交易结束之前我们必须经历不同阶段。我们通常首先联系客户来验证机会, 然后由“获得”进入报价和协商阶段, 最终以‘赢得’结束..嗯, 这是如果一切顺利。" +msgstr "如果我想更深入地了解细节, 我点击下一步行动, 我可以看到, 今天我已经计划与Think Big Systems 通电话。我通常会去我的销售管道做我每天的回顾。这个过程对于团队中每个人是一样的。我们的工作是找到分销商, 在任何交易结束之前我们必须经历不同阶段。我们通常首先联系客户来验证机会, 然后由“获得\" 进入报价和协商阶段, 最终以‘赢得’结束..嗯, 这是如果一切顺利。 " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ msgid "" "System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to " "their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether " "they are \"ready for sales\" or not." -msgstr "系统会根据他们的网络活动和个人信息对潜在客户分配正分或负分, 以确定他们是否“准备销售”。" +msgstr "系统会根据他们的网络活动和个人信息对潜在客户分配正分或负分, 以确定他们是否“准备销售\" 。 " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62 msgid "**Kanban view :**" @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ msgid "" "views-form>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped " "in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or " "work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)." -msgstr "在Odoo中, 看板视图是一个工作流程可视化得工具介于 '列表视图’ `— 和不可编辑的‘表单视图’` __ 像\" 卡片\\ \\ \"一样显示记录。记录被组合在列中用以在工作流程的可视化和操纵使用(如任务或工作进度管理), 或取消组合(只是用来显示记录)" +msgstr "在Odoo中, 看板视图是一个工作流程可视化得工具介于'列表视图’ `— 和不可编辑的‘表单视图’` __ 像\" 卡片\\ \\ \\ \"一样显示记录。记录被组合在列中用以在工作流程的可视化和操纵使用(如任务或工作进度管理), 或取消组合(只是用来显示记录)" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66 msgid "**List view :**" @@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo CRM提供了几种方法来生成线索 :" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` " #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr "发送到您的公司的通用电子邮箱的查询邮件可以自动生 #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../leads/generate/manual` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual` " #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "您可能要跟进一个在展览见过一面并给了你他的名片的 #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50 msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../leads/generate/website` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website` " #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "网站访问者填写表单自动在Odoo CRM 里生成线索或机会。 #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55 msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../leads/generate/import` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import` " #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -1475,7 +1475,7 @@ msgid "" "`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install," " fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be " "directed to the module when the database is ready." -msgstr "从 `www.odoo.com/start ` __生成你的数据库, 选择CRM 作为第一个app安装, 填写表单, 点击”马上创建“。你会自动直接到这个模块当数据库准备好后。" +msgstr "从 `www.odoo.com/start ` __生成你的数据库, 选择CRM 作为第一个app安装, 填写表单, 点击\" 马上创建“。你会自动直接到这个模块当数据库准备好后。 " #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -1656,7 +1656,7 @@ msgid "" "periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply" " by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual" " sales performance." -msgstr "您可以从 **销售** 模块中获得您的销售渠道业绩, 通过点击 :菜单选择:`销售 - >报告 - >管道分析` 。默认情况下, 报告组合了所有的机会, 通过阶段(了解更多关于如何创建和自定义阶段阅读 :DOC: '../销售团队/设置/组织_管道)和当月的预期收入。这份报告对 **销售经理** 定期审查销售渠道与相关销售团队是很完善的。通过访问这个基本的报告, 你可以得到的实际销售业绩的快速概述。" +msgstr "您可以从 **销售** 模块中获得您的销售渠道业绩, 通过点击 :菜单选择:`销售 - >报告 - >管道分析` 。默认情况下, 报告组合了所有的机会, 通过阶段(了解更多关于如何创建和自定义阶段阅读 :DOC:'../销售团队/设置/组织_管道)和当月的预期收入。这份报告对 **销售经理** 定期审查销售渠道与相关销售团队是很完善的。通过访问这个基本的报告, 你可以得到的实际销售业绩的快速概述。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ msgid "" " readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can " "filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your " "customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "您可以根据您要访问的 **KPI** 轻松地自定义您的分析报告(见 : '../概述/主要概念/ terminologies `: DOC)。要做到这一点, 使用 **高级搜索视图** 位于屏幕的右侧, 通过点击搜索栏结尾处的放大镜图标按钮。此功能可以在你的报告上突出选定的数据。该 **过滤** 选项, 显示某些类别的机遇时非常有用, 同时通过 **分组** 选项提高您需要的报表的可读性。请注意, 您可以通过任何现有的CRM字段进行过滤和分组, 使您的自定义非常灵活和强大。" +msgstr "您可以根据您要访问的 **KPI** 轻松地自定义您的分析报告(见 :'../概述/主要概念/ terminologies `: DOC)。要做到这一点, 使用 **高级搜索视图** 位于屏幕的右侧, 通过点击搜索栏结尾处的放大镜图标按钮。此功能可以在你的报告上突出选定的数据。该 **过滤** 选项, 显示某些类别的机遇时非常有用, 同时通过 **分组** 选项提高您需要的报表的可读性。请注意, 您可以通过任何现有的CRM字段进行过滤和分组, 使您的自定义非常灵活和强大。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@ msgstr "为了保证你的预测的准确性和相关性, 要确保你的销售 #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" -msgstr " :doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` " +msgstr ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` " #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3 msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)" @@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ msgstr "本节将统计给我的机会开具发票的数量。有关开票过程 #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132 msgid ":doc:`analysis`" -msgstr " :doc:`analysis` " +msgstr ":doc:`analysis` " #: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3 msgid "Sales Team" @@ -1967,30 +1967,30 @@ msgid "" " and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his" " professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo " "instance - and a picture." -msgstr "从设置模块, 进入子菜单 :菜单选项:`用户 - >用户 ` , 然后点击 **创建** 。首先添加新销售人员的名字和他的个人电子邮件地址 - 他将利用登录到自己的Odoo - 和图片。" +msgstr "从设置模块, 进入子菜单 :菜单选项:`用户 - >用户` , 然后点击 **创建** 。首先添加新销售人员的名字和他的个人电子邮件地址 - 他将利用登录到自己的Odoo - 和图片。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16 msgid "" "Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can " "access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the " "app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:" -msgstr "在“访问权限”, 你可以选择哪些应用程序您的用户可以访问和使用。权利的不同级别取决于应用程序。对于销售应用程序, 可以从三个级别之间进行选择 :" +msgstr "在“访问权限\" , 你可以选择哪些应用程序您的用户可以访问和使用。权利的不同级别取决于应用程序。对于销售应用程序, 可以从三个级别之间进行选择 : " #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20 msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only" -msgstr " **看自己线索**: 用户将只能够访问他自己的数据" +msgstr " **看自己线索**: 用户将只能够访问他自己的数据" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22 msgid "" "**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every " "salesman in the sales module" -msgstr " **查看所有线索**: 用户将能够访问销售模块中的每个业务员的所有记录" +msgstr " **查看所有线索**: 用户将能够访问销售模块中的每个业务员的所有记录" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25 msgid "" "**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well" " as the statistics reports" -msgstr " **经理**: 用户将能够访问销售配置以及统计信息报告" +msgstr " **经理**: 用户将能够访问销售配置以及统计信息报告" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ msgid "" "Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your " "salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your " "sales team." -msgstr "然后, 在“团队成员”, 点击 **添加** , 然后从列表选择您的业务员的名称。销售人员现在已经成功添加到您的销售团队。" +msgstr "然后, 在“团队成员\" , 点击 **添加** , 然后从列表选择您的业务员的名称。销售人员现在已经成功添加到您的销售团队。 " #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -2032,11 +2032,11 @@ msgid "" "After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to " "set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under " "the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu." -msgstr "您也可以从你的销售团队一步添加一个新的销售人员飞甚至在他被注册为Odoo用户之前。从上面的截图, 点击“创建”, 添加您的销售人员, 并输入他的姓名和电子邮件地址。保存后, 销售员会收到包含一个链接的邀请来设置自己的密码。然后, 您将能够定义他的访问权限 :菜单选择:`设置 - > 用户` 菜单。" +msgstr "您也可以从你的销售团队一步添加一个新的销售人员飞甚至在他被注册为Odoo用户之前。从上面的截图, 点击“创建\" , 添加您的销售人员, 并输入他的姓名和电子邮件地址。保存后, 销售员会收到包含一个链接的邀请来设置自己的密码。然后, 您将能够定义他的访问权限 :菜单选择:`设置 - > 用户` 菜单。 " #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr " :doc:`../setup/create_team` " +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/create_team` " #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3 msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" @@ -2174,11 +2174,11 @@ msgstr "对于非数值的成绩, **徽章** 可以授给用户。从一个简 msgid "" "You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their " "performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "您可以轻松创建一个授予徽章基于你的员工的表现 :菜单选择: '游戏化工具 - > 徽章 `。" +msgstr "您可以轻松创建一个授予徽章基于你的员工的表现 :菜单选择:'游戏化工具 - > 徽章 `。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`" -msgstr " :DOC:`../../报告/分析` " +msgstr ":DOC:`../../报告/分析` " #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new team?" @@ -2220,7 +2220,7 @@ msgid "" "Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage " "opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now " "access your new team from your Dashboard." -msgstr "不要忘记选择“机会”选择如果你要管理机会, 点击保存。现在你可以从你的仪表盘上访问新团队。" +msgstr "不要忘记选择“机会\" 选择如果你要管理机会, 点击保存。现在你可以从你的仪表盘上访问新团队。 " #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@ msgstr "比如, 如果你的销售周期包含阶段 *领域, 资格认证, 资 msgid "" "**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created " "from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed." -msgstr " **领域**: 机会刚刚从线索管理接收或创建从陌生的呼叫活动。顾客的兴趣还没有被证实。" +msgstr " **领域**: 机会刚刚从线索管理接收或创建从陌生的呼叫活动。顾客的兴趣还没有被证实。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96 msgid "*Success rate : 5%*" @@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 5%*" msgid "" "**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are " "identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known" -msgstr " **合格**: 前景的业务和工作流程的了解, 痛点的鉴定, 确认, 预算和时间是已知的。" +msgstr " **合格**: 前景的业务和工作流程的了解, 痛点的鉴定, 确认, 预算和时间是已知的。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101 msgid "*Success rate : 15%*" @@ -2354,7 +2354,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 15%*" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103 msgid "" "**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done" -msgstr " **资格发起人**: 与决策者直接接触已经完成" +msgstr " **资格发起人**: 与决策者直接接触已经完成" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106 msgid "*Success rate : 25%*" @@ -2362,7 +2362,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 25%*" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108 msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation" -msgstr " **提案**: 潜在顾客收到了一个报价" +msgstr " **提案**: 潜在顾客收到了一个报价" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110 msgid "*Success rate : 50%*" @@ -2370,7 +2370,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 50%*" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112 msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation" -msgstr " **谈判**: 和潜在客户针对给他的报价进行谈判" +msgstr " **谈判**: 和潜在客户针对给他的报价进行谈判" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114 msgid "*Success rate : 75%*" @@ -2380,7 +2380,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 75%*" msgid "" "**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. " "He his now a customer" -msgstr " **赢得**: 潜在客户确认了给他的报价单, 已经收到销售订单, 他现在已经是客户了" +msgstr " **赢得**: 潜在客户确认了给他的报价单, 已经收到销售订单, 他现在已经是客户了" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119 msgid "*Success rate : 100%*" @@ -2388,7 +2388,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 100%*" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121 msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested" -msgstr " **失落**: 前景不再有兴趣" +msgstr " **失落**: 前景不再有兴趣" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123 msgid "*Success rate : 0%*" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index b821d78f7..f6449c740 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-17 11:45+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:14+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-11 05:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ msgstr "处理打印的发货单" msgid "" "Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " "Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "通过选择所有在 **待办** 列表中文档打印当天的发货单并且从上方菜单打印 **分拣作业** " +msgstr "选择所有在 **待办** 列表中的单据，打印当天的发货单，并且从上方菜单打印 **分拣作业** 。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ msgstr "捡起并扫描每一个列出的产品" msgid "" "When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " "**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "一旦完成所有产品的拣货, 点击 **确认** 按钮或者扫描 **确认条码** 动作来完成该操作" +msgstr "一旦完成所有产品的拣货, 点击 **验证** 按钮或者扫描 **验证条码** 动作来完成该操作" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 msgid "" "Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " "right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "通过点击右上角的 **箭头** 或者扫描\" \\ \\ \"下一页\" 条码动作移到下一个发货单 " +msgstr "通过点击右上角的 **箭头** 或者扫描 **下一页** 条码动作移到下一个发货单 " #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ msgstr "在此, 我们配置 **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** 批次追踪" msgid "" "Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" " product (you can also use the keyboard)." -msgstr "在收获中扫描一个产品, 然后扫描每一个产品的批次(也可以使用键盘)" +msgstr "从进来的送货扫描一个产品, 然后扫描每一个产品的批次(也可以使用键盘)" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ msgstr "当所有的拣货都完成的时候, 点击 **确认** 按钮或者扫 msgid "" "Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " "right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "移到下一个收货通过点击右上角的 **箭头** 或者扫描 **下一页** 条码动作" +msgstr "通过点击右上角的 **箭头** 或者扫描 **下一页** 条码动作，移到下一个待处理收货。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ msgid "" "approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " "with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" " check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr " **蓝牙扫描枪** 能和一个手机或者平板进行配对, 如果你想要是移动设备但是又不想投入太多, 使用蓝牙扫描枪就是不错的选择。方法是使用手机登陆Odoo, 并把手机和蓝牙链接即可在仓库中扫描作业。蓝牙扫描能满足你使用手机就可以实时的进行移动操作以及 '手工的' 登陆系统。" +msgstr " **蓝牙扫描枪** 能和一个手机或者平板进行配对, 如果你想要是移动设备但是又不想投入太多, 使用蓝牙扫描枪就是不错的选择。方法是使用手机登陆Odoo, 并把手机和蓝牙链接即可在仓库中扫描作业。蓝牙扫描能满足你使用手机就可以实时的进行移动操作以及'手工的'登陆系统。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ msgid "" "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " "characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "一个USB扫描枪需要配置成和电脑键盘布局一样的操作系统, 不然, 你的扫描枪将不会直接的翻译(例如, 用 'Q' 代替 'A' )。大多数扫描枪通过扫描用户手册中的条码进行配置。" +msgstr "一个USB扫描枪需要配置成和电脑键盘布局一样的操作系统, 不然, 你的扫描枪将不会直接的翻译(例如, 用'Q'代替'A')。大多数扫描枪通过扫描用户手册中的条码进行配置。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ msgid "" " of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " "explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "默认的, Odoo在每次成功的扫描之间有50毫秒的延时(这样可以避免偶然的重复扫描)。如果你想禁用该延时, 你可以通过在每次扫描条码之后插入一个回车配置你的扫描枪。这通常是默认的配置并且能通过扫描用户手册中特定的条码进行配置( 'CR 后缀 ON' , '申请输入后缀' , 等等。)。" +msgstr "默认的, Odoo在每次成功的扫描之间有50毫秒的延时(这样可以避免偶然的重复扫描)。如果你想禁用该延时, 你可以通过在每次扫描条码之后插入一个回车配置你的扫描枪。这通常是默认的配置并且能通过扫描用户手册中特定的条码进行配置('CR 后缀 ON','申请输入后缀', 等等。)。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ msgid "" "Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " "not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " "them)." -msgstr "产品型号 :注意条码需要维护在产品型号中而不是产品模板中(不然就不能区别它们)。" +msgstr "产品变型: 注意，需要在产品变型添加条码， 而不是模板产品(否则就不能区分它们)。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 msgid "Set locations barcodes" @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ msgid "" "Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" " menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " "has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "现在, 如果在 **存货控制** 菜单下点击 **存货调整** , 你会看到系统自动创建并确认了一个命名为\" INV : (产品名称)\\ \\ \"的行。" +msgstr "现在, 如果在 **库存控制** 菜单下点击 **存货调整** , 你会看到系统自动创建并确认了一个命名为\" INV : (产品名称) \"的行。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 msgid "Multiple products at once" @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ msgid "" "initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" " location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " "Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "创建所有你想要追踪产品库存的产品(作为库存类型的产品)。一旦产品在库存中产生需求, 用期初盘点在系统中按照库位放置当前的数量。进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 库存调整 ` 开始期初盘点。" +msgstr "创建所有你想要追踪产品库存的产品(作为库存类型的产品)。一旦产品在库存中产生需求, 用期初盘点在系统中按照库位放置当前的数量。进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 库存调整` 开始期初盘点。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ msgstr "通过你激活一些选项之后额外的信息就会出现(多库位, msgid "" "Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " "it." -msgstr "点击 **确认盘点** 按钮确认该次盘点并过账。" +msgstr "点击 **验证盘点** 按钮确认该次盘点并过账。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 msgid "Reporting" @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ msgid "" "answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" " minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " "quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr " **最小库存** 规则能来确保在你的库存中总是有最少数量的产品用来满足生产或者满足客户的需求。当库存水平到达最低库存时, 系统会自动生成一个达到最大数量的需求补货单。" +msgstr " **最小库存** 规则能来确保在你的库存中总是有最少数量的产品用来满足生产或者满足客户的需求。当库存水平到达最低库存时, 系统会自动生成一个达到最大库存水平的数量的补货。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 @@ -705,27 +705,27 @@ msgid "" "Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." " If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped " "into one big picking." -msgstr "从重订货规则生成的调拨会加到补货组中。如果没有添加条件。那么会根据补货规则生成一张汇总的调拨单。" +msgstr "从此订购点创建的移动会放入到此补货组。如果没有给出补货组，那么补货规则生成的移动会分组到一个大分拣。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" "When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," " Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " "Quantity." -msgstr "当虚拟库存低于该规则中的最小数量时, Odoo会根据重订货规则补货到最大数量。" +msgstr "当虚拟库存低于此字段指定的最小数量时, Odoo生成一个补货将预测数量带到最大数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" "When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " "procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " "Max Quantity." -msgstr "当虚拟库存低于该规则中的最小数量时, Odoo会根据重订货规则补货到最大数量。" +msgstr "当虚拟库存低最小数量时, Odoo生成一个补货将预测数量带到作为最大数量制定的数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" "The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " "the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "补货数量会用倍数被除取整, 如果倍数是0, 那么需要补货的数量会精确到和最大的数量一致。" +msgstr "补货数量会翻转到此倍数。 如果它是0, 那么确切的数量会被使用。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ msgid "" "For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " "is drop-shipping and how to use it `__." -msgstr "关于直运的详情以及更加深入, 请阅读我们的博客 '直运是什么以及如何使用' `__." +msgstr "关于直运的详情以及更加深入, 请阅读我们的博客'直运是什么以及如何使用' `__." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" @@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ msgid "" "Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " "procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " "will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`采购(Purchases) --> 采购(Purchases) --> 采购询价单(Requests for Quotation)` 。直运路线的产品会自动产生采购询价单。一旦订单确认, 你可以看到调拨单已经创建。" +msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`采购(Purchases) --> 采购(Purchases) --> 采购询价单(Requests for Quotation)` 。使用直运路线的补货自动创建采购询价单。一旦订单确认, 你可以看到一个收货送货单已经创建。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -1030,11 +1030,11 @@ msgstr "这会打开直运单列表。一旦完成就确认该调拨。货物会 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr " :doc:`inventory_flow` " +msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow` " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "如何选择正确的仓库流程来处理交货订单？" +msgstr "如何选择正确的库存流程来处理交货订单？" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1050,18 +1050,18 @@ msgstr "Odoo能让我们以3种方式处理发货 :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr " **一步(发货)**: 直接从库存发货" +msgstr " **一步(发货)**: 直接从库存发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr " **二步(拣货＋发货)**: 先把货物到出货区然后再发货" +msgstr " **二步(拣货＋发货)**: 先把货物到出货区然后再发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr " **三步(拣货＋包装＋发货)**: 先把货物发到一个专门位置进行包装, 然后发到出货位置进行发货" +msgstr " **三步(拣货＋包装＋发货)**: 先把货物发到一个专门位置进行包装, 然后发到出货位置进行发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ msgstr "创建一张需要进行产品发货的销售订单(从询价订单到 msgid "" "Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " "the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "注意现在我们在销售订单上方的 **状态按钮** 只看到该销售订单相关联的 '1' 张发货单。" +msgstr "注意现在我们在销售订单上方的 **状态按钮** 只看到该销售订单相关联的'1'张发货单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ msgid "" "default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " "code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " "``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "在Odoo中要完成 **拣货＋包装＋发货** 一些必要的配置步骤需要被完成。这些步骤创建额外的库位, 这些库位默认的被成为 **出货区域** 和 **包装区域** 。所以如果你的仓库的简称是 **WH** , 该配置会创建一个叫做\" WH/发货区域\\ \\ \"和另外一个叫做\" WH/包装区域\\ \\ \"的库位。" +msgstr "在Odoo中要完成 **拣货＋包装＋发货** 一些必要的配置步骤需要被完成。这些步骤创建额外的库位, 这些库位默认的被成为 **出货区域** 和 **包装区域** 。所以如果你的仓库的简称是 **WH** , 该配置会创建一个叫做\" WH/发货区域\\ \\ \\ \"和另外一个叫做\" WH/包装区域\\ \\ \\ \"的库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ msgid "" "Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " "(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " "case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "为了在Odoo中完成 **拣货＋发货** 的交货, 需要进行必要的配置。这些步骤创建额外的库位, 默认的称之为 **Output** 。所以如果你的擦国库的简称是\" WH \", 配置就会创建一个称为\" WH/Output \"的库位。产品首先第一步(拣货)从\" WH/Stock \"移动到\" WH/Output `, 然后, 第二步(发货)从 \"WH/Output\" 移动到 \"WH/Customers\" (如果有销售订单)。 " +msgstr "为了在Odoo中完成 **拣货＋发货** 的交货, 需要进行必要的配置。这些步骤创建额外的库位, 默认的称之为 **Output** 。所以如果你的擦国库的简称是\" WH \\ \", 配置就会创建一个称为\" WH/Output \\ \"的库位。产品首先第一步(拣货)从\" WH/Stock \\ \"移动到\" WH/Output `, 然后, 第二步(发货)从 \\ \"WH/Output\" 移动到 \\ \"WH/Customers\" (如果有销售订单)。 " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 msgid "Allow management of routes" @@ -1894,17 +1894,17 @@ msgstr "Odoo允许有3种方式从仓库收货 :" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr " **一步**: 直接收货入库" +msgstr " **一步**: 直接收货入库" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr " **二步**: 先入到入库区然后再进入库存" +msgstr " **二步**: 先入到入库区然后再进入库存" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 msgid "" "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " "before being admitted in stock." -msgstr " **三步**: 在收货区域卸货, 然后质检检验, 最后进入库存。" +msgstr " **三步**: 在收货区域卸货, 然后质检检验, 最后进入库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ msgid "" "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr " **二步**: 在收货区域收货然后从收货区域转移到库存, 因为在库存内货物不再转移, 所以不会有进一步的调拨。" +msgstr " **二步**: 在收货区域收货然后从收货区域转移到库存, 因为在库存内货物不再转移, 所以不会有进一步的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ msgid "" "good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " "requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" " goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr " **三步**: 在很多公司内, 有必要评估收到的货物。目的是检查和供应商达成一致的所需产品的质量和所收产品一致。在产品的接收过程中添加一个质量控制步骤变得有必要。" +msgstr " **三步**: 在很多公司内, 有必要评估收到的货物。目的是检查和供应商达成一致的所需产品的质量和所收产品一致。在产品的接收过程中添加一个质量控制步骤变得有必要。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1954,7 +1954,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo中默认的配置" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr " :doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` " +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` " #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" @@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@ msgstr "已经完成了质检步骤并且 **内部调拨单** 页面上方的状 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr " :doc:`two_steps` " +msgstr ":doc:`two_steps` " #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" @@ -2149,7 +2149,7 @@ msgstr "要进行路径管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) msgid "" "Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " "ticked." -msgstr "确保 **\" 仓库进行多库位管理\\ \\ \"** 被勾选。" +msgstr "确保 **\" 仓库进行多库位管理\\ \\ \\ \"** 被勾选。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" @@ -2211,7 +2211,7 @@ msgstr "已经完成了参照为 **WH/IN** 的收货步骤。产品已经完成 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "如何收货到仓库？" +msgstr "如何调拨收货到仓库？" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -2234,7 +2234,7 @@ msgstr "已经完成了序列号参照为 **WH/INT** 的内部调拨, 收货已 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr " :doc:`three_steps` " +msgstr ":doc:`three_steps` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" @@ -2314,12 +2314,12 @@ msgstr "另一方面, 只有那些使用质保期现／或者售后服务的产 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr " :doc:`serial_numbers` " +msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr " :doc:`lots` " +msgstr ":doc:`lots` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" @@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo有能力管理大多数行业施加规定可追溯性的要求" msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." -msgstr "Odoo中的复式记账库存能让你进行非常高级的追踪。" +msgstr "Odoo中的复式管理使你进行非常高级的追踪。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 @@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ msgstr "点击 **追踪** 按钮可以看到详细信息。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr " :doc:`differences` " +msgstr ":doc:`differences` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" @@ -2711,7 +2711,7 @@ msgid "" "uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " "company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," " deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "你还可以手工的开启排程器。进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 排程器 --> 运行排程器 ` 。排程器会使用产品上, 供应商, 以及公司上定义的所有相关参数来决定不同生产订单, 交货单以及供应商采购订单之间的优先级。" +msgstr "你还可以手工的开启排程器。进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 排程器 --> 运行排程器` 。排程器会使用产品上, 供应商, 以及公司上定义的所有相关参数来决定不同生产订单, 交货单以及供应商采购订单之间的优先级。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" @@ -2734,7 +2734,7 @@ msgstr "你可以以下菜单通过更改相关的动作设置开始时间 :menu #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr " :doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates` " +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates` " #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 msgid "How to scrap products?" @@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@ msgstr "报废意味着没有经济价值或者最基本材料的价值浪费" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "通过循环内容可以修复。" +msgstr "内容可以通过循环修复。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2797,7 +2797,7 @@ msgstr "要定义一个报废库位, 就需要早库位的视图页面中勾选 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "不同的产品报废方法" +msgstr "报废产品的不同方式" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." @@ -3311,7 +3311,7 @@ msgstr "对于 **实际价格** (FIFO, LIFO, 　FEFO, 等), 需要进一步在 msgid "" "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," " Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "在Odoo中所有的流程建议使用FIFO(销售, 采购, 库存)。这适用于所有的用例。" +msgstr "如果你在Odoo中管理所有的流程(销售, 采购, 库存)建议使用FIFO。它符合所有的用户。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 @@ -3345,7 +3345,7 @@ msgid "" " check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " "Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " "categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "Odoo中可以使用任何方式, 默认的是 **标准成本** 。要更改的话, 可以在采购的设置中勾选 **使用 '固定' , '实施' , '平均' 价格等成本方法** 。然后在产品的内部分类页面设置成本方法。产品的内部分类可以在产品的库存页面看到。" +msgstr "Odoo中可以使用任何方式, 默认的是 **标准成本** 。要更改的话, 可以在采购的设置中勾选 **使用'固定','实施','平均'价格等成本方法** 。然后在产品的内部分类页面设置成本方法。产品的内部分类可以在产品的库存页面看到。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 @@ -3367,7 +3367,7 @@ msgid "" "have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " "the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " "physical inventory." -msgstr "在定期的存货计价中, 收货和发货都不会直接对会计产生影响, 在月末或者年末, 会计做一张实际库存的会计分录并过账。" +msgstr "定期存货计价, 收货和发货都不会直接对会计产生影响, 在月末或者年末, 会计登录一张代表实际库存的会计分录。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 @@ -3469,7 +3469,7 @@ msgstr "递延税资产 :在采购订单行上使用的税上设置" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "应付科目 :定义在账单相关的供应商上" +msgstr "应付账款 :定义在账单相关的供应商" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 @@ -3535,7 +3535,7 @@ msgstr "递延税项负债 :在发票行上使用的税上设置" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "应收账款 :在客户定义(应收科目)" +msgstr "应收账款 : 定义在客户(应收科目)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 @@ -3575,7 +3575,7 @@ msgstr "销售货物的成本 (COGS) = 期初库存价值 + 采购产品 – 期 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "在账簿中更新存货计价, 记录一个分录 :" +msgstr "要在账簿中更新存货计价, 记录一笔分录 :" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" @@ -3630,7 +3630,7 @@ msgstr " **配置 :** " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "应收／应付科目 :在业务伙伴上定义(会计页卡)" +msgstr "应收／应付账款: 定义在业务伙伴(会计页卡)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 @@ -3671,17 +3671,17 @@ msgstr "价格差异 :在产品或者产品的内部种类上设置形成一个 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal` " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation` " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs` " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" @@ -3691,7 +3691,7 @@ msgstr "如何进行存货计价?(大陆法系会计)" msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "创建一个会计分录把库存产品变动值从盈利／损失账户移动到资产科目。" +msgstr "创建一笔会计分录把库存变动值从盈利／损失部分移动到资产。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" @@ -3701,7 +3701,7 @@ msgstr "费用 :存货变动" msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "如果库存价值减少, 贷 **库存** , 借 **库存变动** 。" +msgstr "如果库存价值减少, 贷 **库存** 科目, 借 **库存变动** 科目。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 msgid "" @@ -3728,7 +3728,7 @@ msgid "" "A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " "products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" " locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "复式库存没有输入, 输出(产品处置)或者转换。相反的, 所有的操作都是在不同的位置(可以是虚拟的)之间库存移动。" +msgstr "复式库存没有库存输入, 输出(产品处置)或者转换。相反的, 所有的操作都是库存在不同的位置(可能是虚拟的)之间移动。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 msgid "Operations" @@ -3765,11 +3765,11 @@ msgstr "1辆自行车 :生产 → 库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "库存 :生产订单的物流的原始位置" +msgstr "库存 :生产订单初始的位置" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "产线 :在产品表单上的 **生产库位** 字段" +msgstr "生产 :在产品表单上的 **生产位置** 字段" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 msgid "Drop-shipping" @@ -3878,7 +3878,7 @@ msgstr "1辆自行车 :盘点→仓库" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "盘点 :产品\" 盘点位置\\ \\ \"字段" +msgstr "盘点 :产品\" 盘点位置\\ \\ \\ \"字段" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 msgid "Reception" @@ -3898,7 +3898,7 @@ msgstr "供应商库位 :采购订单供应商" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "收货 :采购订单“目标”字段" +msgstr "收货 :采购订单“目标\" 字段 " #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 msgid "Analysis" @@ -3916,7 +3916,7 @@ msgstr "对于每一个盘点库位, 多个数据点可以被分析 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "补货＆拉规则" +msgstr "补货＆补货规则" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -3944,7 +3944,7 @@ msgstr "补货是在客户库位上创建的客户订单上的产品(需要发 msgid "" "Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " "(property)" -msgstr "补货库位 :在客户信息上的字段\" 客户库位\\ \\ \"(属性)" +msgstr "补货库位 :在客户信息上的字段\" 客户库位\\ \\ \\ \"(属性)" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" @@ -3952,11 +3952,11 @@ msgstr "最小库存规则" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "补货在规则位置创建。" +msgstr "补货在规则的位置创建。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "补货库位 :在该规则上, 字段\" 库位\\ \\ \"" +msgstr "补货位置 : 规则字段 \"位置\"" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 msgid "Procurement rules" @@ -3964,7 +3964,7 @@ msgstr "补货规则" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "新的补货是在规则上的源库位上创建的" +msgstr "新补货创建在规则的源位置" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -3974,7 +3974,7 @@ msgstr "*补货规则* 描述了特定位置上的补货如何满足, 例如 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "产品从哪里来(源库位 )" +msgstr "产品从哪里来(源位置 )" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -4130,7 +4130,7 @@ msgstr "质量控制" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "产品进入收货区" +msgstr "产品在收货区卸货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" @@ -4142,11 +4142,11 @@ msgstr "推式规则2 : 质量控制→库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "仓库中转区" +msgstr "仓库中转" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "产品进入中转区" +msgstr "产品在中转区卸货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" @@ -4194,7 +4194,7 @@ msgid "" "orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " "reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " "together)" -msgstr "销售订单创建一个补货组, 所以同一个销售订单的拣货和发货单组合在一起。但是你可以在重订货规则上定义特定的组(例如, 可以把特定产品的采购单组合在一起)。" +msgstr "销售订单创建一个补货组, 所以同一个销售订单的拣货和发货单组合在一起。但是你可以在订货规则上定义特定的组(例如, 可以把特定产品的采购单组合在一起)。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 msgid "Terminologies" @@ -4205,14 +4205,14 @@ msgid "" "**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " "It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " "repository." -msgstr " **仓库**: 在Odoo中的仓库就是一个存放产品的地方。可以是一个虚拟位置, 也可以是实际位置。可以是一个店铺也可以是一个储藏室。" +msgstr " **仓库**: 在Odoo中的仓库就是一个存放产品的地方。可以是一个虚拟位置, 也可以是实际位置。可以是一个店铺也可以是一个储藏室。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 msgid "" "**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " "warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " "locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr " **库位**: 库位在仓库中用来对存贮区域进行划分。进一步划分为内部库位(你的仓库), Odoo还有供应商, 客户, 盘点对应库位等。" +msgstr " **库位**: 库位在仓库中用来对存贮区域进行划分。进一步划分为内部库位(你的仓库), Odoo还有供应商, 客户, 盘点对应库位等。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -4220,21 +4220,21 @@ msgid "" "serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " "24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " "procurements." -msgstr " **批次**: 批次是用特定条码或者序列号指定的一批产品。一个批次的所有产品是同一产品(例如。24瓶一套), 通常的, 批次号来自批量生产的工单或者补货。" +msgstr " **批次**: 批次是用特定条码或者序列号指定的一批产品。一个批次的所有产品是同一产品(例如。24瓶一套), 通常的, 批次号来自批量生产的工单或者补货。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 msgid "" "**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " "product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" " item." -msgstr " **序列号**: 序列号是一个产品的特定标识。技术上来讲, 序列号可以理解为一个批次只有1个产品。" +msgstr " **序列号**: 序列号是一个产品的特定标识。技术上来讲, 序列号可以理解为一个批次只有1个产品。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 msgid "" "**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " "Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" " (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr " **计量单位**: 定义了产品的数量如何表达。米, 英镑, 24一包, 千克, ……同种类型 (例如 : 规格)的计量单位之间可以使用转换率相互之间转换(M, CM, MM)。" +msgstr " **计量单位**: 定义了产品的数量如何表达。米, 英镑, 24一包, 千克, ……同种类型 (例如 : 规格)的计量单位之间可以使用转换率相互之间转换(M, CM, MM)。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -4247,7 +4247,7 @@ msgstr " **消耗品** 一种不需要管理产品库存水平的产品(没有 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 msgid "" "**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr " **库存产品**: 一个你想要在库存水平对产品进行管理的产品。" +msgstr " **可库存**: 你想要管理库存水平的产品。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -4263,7 +4263,7 @@ msgid "" "You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " "automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " "product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr " **补货**: 补货就是特定库位对特定数量的产品的需求。补货由其他额单据自动触发: 销售订单, 最小库存你规则, 和拉规则。你也可以手动的触发补货。当自动触发补货时, 你需要时刻关注异常(例如, 一个产品需要从一个供应商处采购, 但在系统中该产品却没有维护供应商)。" +msgstr " **补货**: 补货就是特定库位对特定数量的产品的需求。补货由其他额单据自动触发: 销售订单, 最小库存你规则, 和拉规则。你也可以手动的触发补货。当自动触发补货时, 你需要时刻关注异常(例如, 一个产品需要从一个供应商处采购, 但在系统中该产品却没有维护供应商)。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -4271,14 +4271,14 @@ msgid "" "applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" " To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " "routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr " **路线**: 路线定义产品必须遵守的路径。根据产品, 销售订单行, 仓库……可以使用路线, 也可以不适用。要完成一个补货, 系统会会搜索定义在相关产品／销售订单上的路线中的规则。" +msgstr " **路线**: 路线定义产品必须遵守的路径。根据产品, 销售订单行, 仓库……可以使用路线, 也可以不适用。要完成一个补货, 系统会会搜索定义在相关产品／销售订单上的路线中的规则。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 msgid "" "**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " "They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " "can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr " **推规则**: 当产品进入一个特定的库位时会触发推规则。它们会吧产品移动一个新的库位。推规则在路线中维护, 所以推规则是否可用依赖于路线是够可用。" +msgstr " **推规则**: 当产品进入一个特定的库位时会触发推规则。它们会吧产品移动一个新的库位。推规则在路线中维护, 所以推规则是否可用依赖于路线是够可用。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -4286,7 +4286,7 @@ msgid "" "procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " "product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " "or MTS,..." -msgstr " **补货规则** 或者 **拉规则**: 补货规则描述了特定库位的补货如何满足, 例如: 产品从何而来(源库位), 补货是MTO 还是MTS, ……" +msgstr " **补货规则** 或者 **拉规则**: 补货规则描述了特定库位的补货如何满足, 例如: 产品从何而来(源库位), 补货是MTO 还是MTS, ……" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -4294,19 +4294,19 @@ msgid "" "rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " "Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " "procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr " **补货组**: 路线和规则定义库存移动。对于每一个规则, 都提供了单据类型, 例如: 拣货, 包装, 交货单, 采购订单, …移动。如果它们的补货组以及位置时相同的, 它们就被分组到相同的单据类型。" +msgstr " **补货组**: 路线和规则定义库存移动。对于每一个规则, 都提供了单据类型, 例如: 拣货, 包装, 交货单, 采购订单, …移动。如果它们的补货组以及位置时相同的, 它们就被分组到相同的单据类型。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 msgid "" "**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " "between locations." -msgstr " **库存调拨**: 库存调拨表示任何两个库位中的货物和材料的转移。" +msgstr " **库存调拨**: 库存调拨表示任何两个库位中的货物和材料的转移。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 msgid "" "**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " "in a warehouse or location." -msgstr " **在手数量**: 特定产品目前在仓库或者库存中的数量。" +msgstr " **在手数量**: 特定产品目前在仓库或者库存中的数量。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -4314,7 +4314,7 @@ msgid "" "specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " "Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " "units." -msgstr " **预测数量**: 一个特定仓库或者库位的可销售产品的数量。由如下得出: 在手数量－未来交货数量＋未来收货数量＋未来制造数量。" +msgstr " **预测数量**: 一个特定仓库或者库位的可销售产品的数量。由如下得出: 在手数量－未来交货数量＋未来收货数量＋未来制造数量。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -4322,7 +4322,7 @@ msgid "" "trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " "manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" " minimum stock rule." -msgstr " **再定点规则**: 定义了Odoo自动触发补货需求(该供应商下单或者发布生产订单)。当预测数量到达最低库存规则的时候会自动触发。" +msgstr " **订货规则**: 定义了Odoo自动触发补货需求(该供应商下单或者发布生产订单)。当预测数量到达最低库存规则的时候会自动触发。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -4331,7 +4331,7 @@ msgid "" "these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " "no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " "packing zone)" -msgstr " **越库**: 交叉转运是直接从收货区域停靠的半挂车或者火车直接装货到停靠在出货码头的卡车, 火车, 拖车上的一种物流的实践, 在卸货和装货过程之间没有存储过程。(无需进入库存, 直接从卸货区域到包装区域)" +msgstr " **越库**: 交叉转运是直接从收货区域停靠的半挂车或者火车直接装货到停靠在出货码头的卡车, 火车, 拖车上的一种物流的实践, 在卸货和装货过程之间没有存储过程。(无需进入库存, 直接从卸货区域到包装区域)" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -4339,7 +4339,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" " distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " "customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr " **直运**: 直接把货物从供应商／工厂发货到客户(可以是零售商或者客户), 而不经过通常的分销渠道。产品直接从供应商送到顾客, 无需经过你自己的仓库。" +msgstr " **直运**: 直接把货物从供应商／工厂发货到客户(可以是零售商或者客户), 而不经过通常的分销渠道。产品直接从供应商送到顾客, 无需经过你自己的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -4358,7 +4358,7 @@ msgstr " **上架策略** 　 :特定库位的特定产品在入库时候的摆 msgid "" "**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" " it from the stock." -msgstr " **报废**: 用于当一个产品坏掉或者过期时, 就可以通过报废产品把它从库存中移除。" +msgstr " **报废**: 用于当一个产品坏掉或者过期时, 就可以通过报废产品把它从库存中移除。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" @@ -4366,7 +4366,7 @@ msgstr "过程概览" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "从补货到发货" +msgstr "从补货到交货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4422,7 +4422,7 @@ msgstr "一旦确定了产品, 价格和数量等, 可以点击 **确认订单** #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "针对收货的退货" +msgstr "检索收货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" @@ -4430,7 +4430,7 @@ msgstr "有2种方能式检索收货订单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "在采购订单" +msgstr "从采购订单" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -4446,7 +4446,7 @@ msgstr "点击查看 **调拨单** " #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "从仓库的仪表盘" +msgstr "从库存仪表板" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -4580,7 +4580,7 @@ msgstr "高级流程" msgid "" "In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " "Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "在该文档中, 演示的流程都是最简单的, Odoo也可以通过配置仓库的高级功能适应更多公司的需求。" +msgstr "在此文档, 解释的流程都是最简单的。Odoo也符合使用高级仓库管理的公司。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -4591,7 +4591,7 @@ msgstr "默认状况下, 只配置了 **收货** 和 **发货** , 但是你还 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr " **路线**: 可以使用推/拉规则自动化流程" +msgstr " **路线**: 可以通过推/拉规则自动化流程" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -4679,7 +4679,7 @@ msgstr "概念" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "如何组织越库？" +msgstr "如何在你的仓库组织越库？" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4721,11 +4721,11 @@ msgstr "在 **仓库配置** 页面, 选择 :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "" "**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr " **进来的送货**: 先在收货区卸货, 然后再进入库存(2步)" +msgstr " **进来的送货**: 先在收货区卸货, 然后再进入库存(2步)" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr " **出去的送货**: 直接从库存发货(仅送货)" +msgstr " **出去的送货**: 直接从库存发货(仅送货)" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "then click on **Save**." @@ -4755,15 +4755,15 @@ msgstr "每一个拉规则现在可以被配置。用内部的实体库位类型 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr " :menuselection:`收货(Input) --> 越库` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`收货(Input) --> 越库` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr " :menuselection:`越库 --> 出货区域(Output)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`越库 --> 出货区域(Output)` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr " :menuselection:`出货(Output) --> 客户(Customer)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`出货(Output) --> 客户(Customer)` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 msgid "Product with cross dock" @@ -4779,19 +4779,19 @@ msgstr "我们创建蔬菜茴香产品, 并且将路线设置为刚才创建的 msgid "" "We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " "for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "我们可以指定一个供应商以及用于补充产品库存的最小库存规则。" +msgstr "我们可以指定一个供应商以及用于补充可库存产品的最小订购规则。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr " :doc:`use_routes` " +msgstr ":doc:`use_routes` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "如何做仓库的内部调拨？" +msgstr "如何做仓库间调拨？" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4863,7 +4863,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " "on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 库存调整 ` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** , **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" +msgstr "进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** , **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -4981,7 +4981,7 @@ msgid "" "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " "application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " "using rules\"." -msgstr "补货规则是路线的一部分。进入库存应用>配置>设置, 点击\" 产品的高级路线使用规则\\ \\ \"。" +msgstr "补货规则是路线的一部分。进入库存应用>配置>设置, 点击\" 产品高级路线，使用规则\"。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 msgid "Procurement rules settings" @@ -4995,7 +4995,7 @@ msgstr "补货规则设置在路线上。在库存应用, 进入配置>路径" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "在拉规则部分, 点击添加新条目。" +msgstr "在补货规则部分, 点击添加项目。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -5005,56 +5005,56 @@ msgstr "你可以在这里设置规则的条件, 有3种可能的动作。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "从另外库位规则移动" +msgstr "从其他位置移动规则" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 msgid "" "Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders." -msgstr "生产规则会触发创建生产订单。" +msgstr "制造规则会触发制造订单创建。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." -msgstr "购买规则会触发创建采购订单。" +msgstr "购买规则会触发采购订单创建。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 msgid "" "The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " "manufacturing rules." -msgstr "安装生产模块是为了触发生产规则。" +msgstr "制造应用必须安装，用来触发制造规则。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 msgid "" "The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " "rules." -msgstr "需要安装采购模块用来触发 **购买** 规则" +msgstr "采购应用必须安装，用来触发 **购买** 规则" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "试着在demo示例中创建一个拉规则" +msgstr "试着在demo实例创建一个补货规则" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 msgid "" "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " "defined." -msgstr "有些仓库配置会用已经存在的拉规则创建路线。" +msgstr "一些仓库配置会使用早已定义的补货规则创建路线。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr " :doc:`push_rule` " +msgstr ":doc:`push_rule` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr " :doc:`inter_warehouse` " +msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr " :doc:`cross_dock` " +msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 msgid "What is a push rule?" @@ -5083,7 +5083,7 @@ msgid "" "move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " "specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " "be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "一个推流程定义了库位如何和其余的库位链接起来, 形成库位链。只要在源库位中给定数量的产品发生移动, 通过在流程说明中配置的参数一个链式移动会自动的生成(目标库位, 延迟, 移动类型, 分类账)。它可以自动的触发或者手动处理。" +msgstr "一个推流程指示库位如何与其他的库位链接起来。只要在源库位中给定数量的产品发生移动, 通过在流程说明中配置的参数一个链式移动会自动的生成(目标库位, 延迟, 移动类型, 分类账)。它可以自动的触发或者手动处理。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -5094,7 +5094,7 @@ msgstr "推规则是路线的构成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Invento #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "推规则设置" +msgstr "推式规则设置" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -5116,7 +5116,7 @@ msgstr "在这里你可以设置规则的条件。在该示例中, 当货物在 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "在demo用例中创建一个推规则" +msgstr "在demo实例创建一个推式规则" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5150,7 +5150,7 @@ msgstr "在该示例中, 另外一个调拨在等待第二个调拨, 它的逻 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr " :doc:`procurement_rule` " +msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 msgid "How to use routes?" @@ -5160,7 +5160,7 @@ msgstr "如何使用路径？" msgid "" "A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" " advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "路线就是推规则和拉规则的合并整理。Odoo可以配置高级推／拉路径的配置, 例如 :" +msgstr "路线就是推规则和拉规则的合并整理。Odoo可以配置高级推／拉路线的配置, 例如 :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" @@ -5298,7 +5298,7 @@ msgstr "现在可以给销售订单的每条订单行选择路径 :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "拉规则和推规则" +msgstr "补货规则和推式规则" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 msgid "Please refer to the documents:" @@ -5369,7 +5369,7 @@ msgid "" "Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " "Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " "costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "然后进入 :menuselection:`采购模块 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。勾选成本方法 **使用 '固定价' , '真实价' 或者 '平均价' 成本核算方法** , 然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" +msgstr "然后进入 :menuselection:`采购应用--> 配置 --> 设置` 。勾选成本方法 **使用'固定价','真实价'或者'平均价'成本核算方法** , 然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 msgid "Landed Cost Types" @@ -5397,7 +5397,7 @@ msgstr "链接到岸成本到转移单上" msgid "" "To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " "Control --> Landed Costs`." -msgstr "要计算到岸成本, 进入 :menuselection:`库存--> 存货控制 --> 到岸成本 ` 。" +msgstr "要计算到岸成本, 进入 :menuselection:`库存--> 存货控制 --> 到岸成本` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5421,7 +5421,7 @@ msgstr "点击 **计算** 按钮, 查看到岸成本如何根据分配到分拣 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81 msgid "" "To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "点击 **确认** 按钮确认到岸成本分配。" +msgstr "点击 **验证** 按钮确认到岸成本分配。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" @@ -5512,7 +5512,7 @@ msgstr "现在, 当你要采购这些种类的产品时候, 它们会自动的 msgid "" "To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " "Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "要检查当前库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 当前库存 ` " +msgstr "要检查当前库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 当前库存` " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." @@ -5582,13 +5582,13 @@ msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "我们举个先进先出策略的例子" +msgstr "我们举个先进先出下架策略的例子" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 msgid "" "In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " "``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "在你的仓库库存(\" 仓库/库存 \")库位中,\" iPod 32 Gb \"的产品有\" 3 \"个批次。" +msgstr "在你的仓库库存(\" 仓库/库存 \\ \")库位中,\" iPod 32 Gb \\ \"的产品有\" 3 \\ \"个批次。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -5597,13 +5597,13 @@ msgstr "可以在存货计价报表中看到可用存货的详细信息" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "创建一个数量为\" 25 \"的\" iPod 32 GB \"销售订单并确认该订单" +msgstr "创建一个数量为\" 25 \\ \"的\" iPod 32 GB \\ \"销售订单并确认该订单" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "在出货单中你可以看到在使用先进先出的出库策略下系统自动带出的\" Ipod 32 Gb \"的批次是 **最旧** 的批次号。" +msgstr "在出货单中你可以看到在使用先进先出的出库策略下系统自动带出的\" Ipod 32 Gb \\ \"的批次是 **最旧** 的批次号。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" @@ -5626,17 +5626,17 @@ msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库 msgid "" "In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" " ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "在我们的示例中, 让我们来检查一下\" WH/Stock \"库位中的 `Ipod 32 Gb\" 可用库存。 " +msgstr "在我们的示例中, 让我们来检查一下\" WH/Stock \\ \"库位中的 `Ipod 32 Gb\" 可用库存。 " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "创建一个数量是\" 10 \"的\" Ipod 32 Gb \"的销售订单" +msgstr "创建一个数量是\" 10 \\ \"的\" Ipod 32 Gb \\ \"的销售订单" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "在出库单中你可以看到在使用后进先出的出库策略的状况下\" Ipod 32 Gb \"被分配的批次号是 **最新的** 批次号。" +msgstr "在出库单中你可以看到在使用后进先出的出库策略的状况下\" Ipod 32 Gb \\ \"被分配的批次号是 **最新的** 批次号。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" @@ -5660,13 +5660,13 @@ msgid "" "It will allow you to set **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert" " date** and **removal date** on the serial number. Go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "这能够让你在序列号上设置 **最佳日期** , **生命终止日期** , **移除日期** , **警示日期** 。进入 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 序列号／批次号 ` ." +msgstr "这能够让你在序列号上设置 **最佳日期** , **生命终止日期** , **移除日期** , **警示日期** 。进入 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 序列号／批次号` ." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 msgid "" "**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this serial " "number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr " **最佳日期**: 这个日期是该序列号的产品已经开始变质的日期, 但是还没有危险。" +msgstr " **最佳日期**: 这个日期是该序列号的产品已经开始变质的日期, 但是还没有危险。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -5703,7 +5703,7 @@ msgid "" "Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " "``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " "expiration date." -msgstr "让我们举个例子, 在\" WH/Stock \"库位中有\" 3 \"个批次的\" 冰淇淋 \" :\" LOT0001 \",\" LOT0002 \",\" LOT0003 \", 分别标有不同的到期日期。" +msgstr "让我们举个例子, 在\" WH/Stock \\ \"库位中有\" 3 \\ \"个批次的\" 冰淇淋 \\ \":\" LOT0001 \\ \",\" LOT0002 \\ \",\" LOT0003 \\ \", 分别标有不同的到期日期。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:145 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" @@ -5750,7 +5750,7 @@ msgstr "2015-08-15" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" "We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "我们将创建一个带有\" 15kg \"的\" 冰淇淋 \"的销售订单并确认。" +msgstr "我们将创建一个带有\" 15kg \\ \"的\" 冰淇淋 \\ \"的销售订单并确认。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -5762,15 +5762,15 @@ msgstr "销售订单相关的发货单将会根据 **FEFO** 的出库策略进 msgid "" "It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" " the removal dates." -msgstr "它会根据批次上的移除日期从批次\" LOT0002 \"拿出\" 10kg `, 从 \"LOT0003\" 拿出 \"5kg\" 。 " +msgstr "它会根据批次上的移除日期从批次\" LOT0002 \\ \"拿出\" 10kg `, 从 \\ \"LOT0003\" 拿出 \\ \"5kg\" 。 " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:167 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental` " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:168 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon` " #: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 msgid "Settings" @@ -5872,7 +5872,7 @@ msgid "" "You need to configure the **Operation Type** to allow moving packages. Go to" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving " "packs**:" -msgstr "你需要设置 **作业类型** 为允许调拨包裹。进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型 ` 。勾选 **允许调拨包裹**: " +msgstr "你需要设置 **作业类型** 为允许调拨包裹。进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型` 。勾选 **允许调拨包裹**: " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75 msgid "Transfer packages" @@ -5897,7 +5897,7 @@ msgstr "点击 **完成** 勾选框确认包裹的移动 :" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:92 msgid "When it is finished, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **确认** 。" +msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **验证** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:95 msgid "Packages traceability" @@ -5916,16 +5916,16 @@ msgstr "点击 **包裹转移** 查看所有的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:106 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../overview/start/setup` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup` " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`usage`" -msgstr " :doc:`usage` " +msgstr ":doc:`usage` " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:108 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr " :doc:`uom` " +msgstr ":doc:`uom` " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "How to use different units of measure?" @@ -6149,29 +6149,29 @@ msgid "" "For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " "individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" " of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "例如, 你现在在销售鸡蛋, 在你的仓库里单个的管理鸡蛋, 很多鸡蛋坏掉了, 你要一个一个的报废。 **计量单位** 是\" 个(一个或很多) \"" +msgstr "例如, 你现在在销售鸡蛋, 在你的仓库里单个的管理鸡蛋, 很多鸡蛋坏掉了, 你要一个一个的报废。 **计量单位** 是\" 个(一个或很多) \\ \"" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 msgid "" "If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" " ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "如果你按打销售鸡蛋, 销售的 **计量单位** 就是\" 打 \"。你可以在销售订单上进行设置。" +msgstr "如果你按打销售鸡蛋, 销售的 **计量单位** 就是\" 打 \\ \"。你可以在销售订单上进行设置。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 msgid "" "The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " "**packaging**." -msgstr "包含一打鸡蛋的\" 纸片托盘 \"就是 **包材** 。" +msgstr "包含一打鸡蛋的\" 纸片托盘 \\ \"就是 **包材** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 msgid "" "When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " "``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "当你销售几个托盘的鸡蛋时, 你可能会把不同的托盘放进一个\" 箱子 \"或者一个\" 塑料 \"包装中, 这就是 **包裹** 。" +msgstr "当你销售几个托盘的鸡蛋时, 你可能会把不同的托盘放进一个\" 箱子 \\ \"或者一个\" 塑料 \\ \"包装中, 这就是 **包裹** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`packages`" -msgstr " :doc:`packages` " +msgstr ":doc:`packages` " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" @@ -6182,7 +6182,7 @@ msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " "(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "产品变量用来管理有不同变量的产品, 例如尺寸, 颜色等等。它可以让我们在产品模板层面对产品进行管理(所有的变量), 也可以在产品变量层面管理(特定一个变量)。" +msgstr "产品变型用来管理有不同变量的产品, 例如尺寸, 颜色等等。它可以让我们在产品模板层面对产品进行管理(所有的变量), 也可以在变型层面管理(特定一个属性)。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -6215,13 +6215,13 @@ msgstr "以上示例总共有20个不同的产品(5中尺寸x4种颜色)。每 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "变动的影响" +msgstr "变型的影响" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr " **条码**: 编码和条码和一个产品型号绑定, 而不是一个产品模板。每个型号都可以有自己的条码／SKU。" +msgstr " **条码**: 编码和条码关联到一个变型, 而不是一个产品模板。每个型号都可以有自己的条码／SKU。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -6229,7 +6229,7 @@ msgid "" "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " "(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " "the template or the variant." -msgstr " **价格**: 每个产品变量都会根据自己的额外属性价格(红色额外加$3)在产品模板的价格 ($20)计算出自己的价格。然而, 你还可以依据产品模板或者产品变量定义价格表。" +msgstr " **价格**: 每个产品变型有自己的公开价，它基于产品模板的价格 ($20)，以及每个变型的可选额外价格(红色额外加$3)，计算得出。然而, 你可以定义应用在产品模板以及产品变型的价格表。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -6238,39 +6238,39 @@ msgid "" "information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " "that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " "variant)" -msgstr " **库存**: 存货在产品变量层面管理。你拥有的不是ｔ血衫, 而是\" ｔ血衫, S, 红色\\ \\ \", 或者\" ｔ血衫, M, 蓝色\\ \\ \"。需要注意的是, 在产品模板上你看到的产品数量是该产品模板下面所有变量的数量总和。(但是实际数量需要看产品变量)" +msgstr " **库存**: 存货在产品变型层面管理。你拥有的不是T恤衫, 而是\" T恤衫, S, 红色 \", 或者\" T恤衫, M, 蓝色 \"。用于信息目的, 在产品模板表单，你得到的库存，是所有变型的数量总和。(但是实际库存是按变型计算的)" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr " **图片**: 图片和产品型号关联, 每个型号可以有自己主要的图片。" +msgstr " **图片**: 此图片与变型相关, 每个型号可以有自己的主要图片。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " "Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr " **其余字段**: 大部分其他字段属于产品模板。如果你对他么恩进行更新, 它会自动地更新到所有相关的型号上。(例如 : 主营业务收入科目, 税)" +msgstr " **其余字段**: 大部分其他字段属于产品模板。如果你对他么恩进行更新, 它会自动地更新到所有相关的型号上。(例如 : 主营业务收入科目, 税)" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "要使用产品型号吗？" +msgstr "应该使用产品变型吗？" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "何时使用产品型号呢？" +msgstr "何时应该使用产品变型？" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "使用产品型号有以下影响 :" +msgstr "使用变型有以下影响 :" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " "will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr " **电商**: 在你的在线商铺, 客户只会在分类页面看到产品模板。一旦访客点击这样的产品, 他将能在众多的型号中间进行选择(颜色, 尺寸, ……)" +msgstr " **电商**: 在你的在线商铺, 客户只会在分类页面看到产品模板。一旦访客点击这样的产品, 他将能在众多的型号中间进行选择(颜色, 尺寸, ……)" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -6279,7 +6279,7 @@ msgid "" "Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" " create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " "specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr " **生产**: 使用型号可以基于产品模板和各种型号质检的细微差别只定义一个物料表。例如: 你可以创建一个\" T血衫\\ \\ \"并添加一些特定尺寸例如S的行以及特定颜色例如红色的行, 从而代替创建物料表\" T血衫, 红色, S\\ \\ \"。" +msgstr " **生产**: 使用型号可以基于产品模板和各种型号质检的细微差别只定义一个物料表。例如: 你可以创建一个\" T血衫\\ \\ \\ \"并添加一些特定尺寸例如S的行以及特定颜色例如红色的行, 从而代替创建物料表\" T血衫, 红色, S\\ \\ \\ \"。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -6288,7 +6288,7 @@ msgid "" "the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" " have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " "pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr " **价格**: 产品的默认价格是产品模板的价格加上型号上特定属性的额外价格。这样, 型号的价格维护起来就很容易, 你不必在每个型号上维护, 当然也可以使用价格表规则固定每个型号的价格。" +msgstr " **价格**: 产品的默认价格是产品模板的价格加上型号上特定属性的额外价格。这样, 型号的价格维护起来就很容易, 你不必在每个型号上维护, 当然也可以使用价格表规则固定每个型号的价格。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" @@ -6492,7 +6492,7 @@ msgstr "一旦你输入了所有的额外值, 点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "仓库和库位的区别是什么呢？" +msgstr "仓库和位置之间的差别是什么？" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6548,16 +6548,16 @@ msgstr "在Odoo中, 库位按照级别进行架构组织。根据库位之间的 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr " :doc:`warehouse_creation` " +msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation` " #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr " :doc:`location_creation` " +msgstr ":doc:`location_creation` " #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "如何创建新的库位" +msgstr "如何创建新的位置？" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 msgid "Creating a new location" @@ -6607,7 +6607,7 @@ msgstr "一个仓库和一个库位对应, 因为库位是分级的, Odoo会自 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr " :doc:`difference_warehouse_location` " +msgstr ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location` " #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" @@ -6728,12 +6728,12 @@ msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以把货代变更为你想要的。通 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr " :doc:`invoicing` " +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr " :doc:`multipack` " +msgstr ":doc:`multipack` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" @@ -6837,12 +6837,12 @@ msgstr "如果你把发货单分开并且分成好几个, 每一个发货单给 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr " :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` " +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr " :doc:`labels` " +msgstr ":doc:`labels` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" @@ -6880,7 +6880,7 @@ msgstr "配置发货方式" msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货方式 ` 。" +msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货方式` 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -6980,7 +6980,7 @@ msgstr "如果你在库存模块下创建一个发货转移, 你可以在额外 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." -msgstr "点击 **确认** 接收追踪号和 **标签(可以多张)** ." +msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码和 **标签** ." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 @@ -7159,12 +7159,12 @@ msgstr "在发货单上, 查看 **货代信息** 。货代就是发货方式" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr " :doc:`third_party_shipper` " +msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr " :doc:`../operation/invoicing` " +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" @@ -7289,11 +7289,11 @@ msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "点击 **确认** 接收追踪号码。 **运单号** 字段会被自动填上。在货代的网站上点击 **追踪** 按钮查看发货单。" +msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码。 **承运商追踪参考** 字段会被自动填上。在货代的网站上点击 **追踪** 按钮查看发货单。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr " :doc:`../operation/labels` " +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 255bcf276..88a8f0781 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-17 11:45+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:14+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-03 06:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ msgid "" "Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a " "discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the " "percentage you want to set for the product." -msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`零售(Point of Sale) --> 设置(Configuration) --> 条形码定义(Barcode Nomenclatures)` , 你可以看到设置配置折扣条形码, 你只要使用\" 22 \"开头的条形码并附上你要设置的百分比数值即可。" +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`零售(Point of Sale) --> 设置(Configuration) --> 条形码定义(Barcode Nomenclatures)` , 你可以看到设置配置折扣条形码, 你只要使用\" 22 \\ \"开头的条形码并附上你要设置的百分比数值即可。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26 msgid "" "For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you" " barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the" " barcode will be:" -msgstr "例如你要设置\" 50 \"的折扣, 你需要使用\" 2250 \"然后增加产品条形码, 在我们的例子中, 这个条形码将是 :" +msgstr "例如你要设置\" 50 \\ \"的折扣, 你需要使用\" 2250 \\ \"然后增加产品条形码, 在我们的例子中, 这个条形码将是 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 msgid "Scanning your products" @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "当产品扫描后, 会更新到相应的票据上" msgid "" "Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the " "product." -msgstr "然后只要扫描折扣标签, 该产品就会执行\" 50% \"折扣。" +msgstr "然后只要扫描折扣标签, 该产品就会执行\" 50% \\ \"折扣。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58 msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo." @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ msgstr "这就是你如何在Odoo中在产品上使用折扣。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" -msgstr " :doc:`../shop/cash_control` " +msgstr ":doc:`../shop/cash_control` " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115 @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ msgstr " :doc:`../shop/cash_control` " #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" -msgstr " :doc:`../shop/invoice` " +msgstr ":doc:`../shop/invoice` " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116 @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ msgstr " :doc:`../shop/invoice` " #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`" -msgstr " :doc:`../shop/refund` " +msgstr ":doc:`../shop/refund` " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117 @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ msgstr " :doc:`../shop/refund` " #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" -msgstr " :doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount` " +msgstr ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount` " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system" @@ -221,37 +221,37 @@ msgstr "你可以通过设置一些配置值配置任何规则。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule" -msgstr " **名称**: 一个忠诚项目的内部标识" +msgstr " **名称**: 一个忠诚项目的内部标识" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41 msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?" -msgstr " **类型**: 该规则是否影响到产品或产品的内部分类？" +msgstr " **类型**: 该规则是否影响到产品或产品的内部分类？" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42 msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule" -msgstr " **目标产品**: 规则影响到的产品" +msgstr " **目标产品**: 规则影响到的产品" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43 msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule" -msgstr " **目标种类**: 规则影响到的种类" +msgstr " **目标种类**: 规则影响到的种类" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 msgid "" "**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to " "other rules" -msgstr " **积累**: 从这个规则赢得的积分将除了从其他规则赢得的。" +msgstr " **积累**: 从这个规则赢得的积分将除了从其他规则赢得的。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45 msgid "" "**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product " "ordered" -msgstr " **每个产品点数**: 每个产品订单赚多少个积分点" +msgstr " **每个产品点数**: 每个产品订单赚多少个积分点" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46 msgid "" "**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value " "sold" -msgstr " **按消费的点数**: 按销费额计算赚取的积分点" +msgstr " **按消费的点数**: 按销费额计算赚取的积分点" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -267,17 +267,17 @@ msgstr "能提供三种类型奖励 :" msgid "" "**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents " "the value of 1 point." -msgstr " **转售**: 将您的积分转换为金钱。设置表示1个积分点的产品" +msgstr " **转售**: 将您的积分转换为金钱。设置表示1个积分点的产品" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64 msgid "" "**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a " "price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes." -msgstr " **折扣**: 给折扣的积分点数量。设置一个价格为\" 0 € \"并且没有税的产品。" +msgstr " **折扣**: 给折扣的积分点数量。设置一个价格为\" 0 € \\ \"并且没有税的产品。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69 msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points" -msgstr " **礼品**: 赠送礼物的积分点数量" +msgstr " **礼品**: 赠送礼物的积分点数量" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77 msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale" @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ msgstr "你需要激活 **订单折扣** 并且创建一个产品, 这个产品 msgid "" "On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do " "not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong." -msgstr "在用于创建折扣的产品上, 设定价格为\" 0 \", 不要忘记删除所有 **税** , 否则可能导致计算错误。" +msgstr "在用于创建折扣的产品上, 设定价格为\" 0 \\ \", 不要忘记删除所有 **税** , 否则可能导致计算错误。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68 msgid "Set a global discount" @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ msgid "" "American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work " "with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS " "screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr " **MercuryPay** 账户(详见 'MercuryPay' 网站 `__.)需要一个集成的读卡器才能在Odoo 9 POS 里使用信用卡支付。MercuryPay 仅支持北美地区的业务。切换到读卡器到独立的读卡器, 从Odoo POS 界面复制交易额到读卡器, 并在Odoo POS里记录交易。" +msgstr " **MercuryPay** 账户(详见'MercuryPay'网站 `__.)需要一个集成的读卡器才能在Odoo 9 POS 里使用信用卡支付。MercuryPay 仅支持北美地区的业务。切换到读卡器到独立的读卡器, 从Odoo POS 界面复制交易额到读卡器, 并在Odoo POS里记录交易。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 msgid "Module installation" @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "Mercury配置" msgid "" "In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**." -msgstr "在 **零售** 模块, 点击菜单 : '设置-->Mercury 设置' 并点击 **创建** 。" +msgstr "在 **零售** 模块, 点击菜单 :menuselection:'设置-->Mercury 设置'并点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35 msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them." @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ msgstr "然后去 :菜单:`配置 - >付款方式` , 然后点击 **创建** 。 msgid "" "Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a " "new payment method on the point of sale by editing it." -msgstr "最后, 访问菜单选择 :`配置 -->零售通 '过编辑添加新的付款方式。" +msgstr "最后, 访问菜单选择 :`配置 -->零售通'过编辑添加新的付款方式。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ msgid "" "Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a " "barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`." -msgstr "小心条形码命名规则, 默认会强迫你使用\" 041 \"开头的收银员条形码。若要更改, 请访问 :菜单选择: 出售 `点 - >配置 - >条码规则` 。" +msgstr "小心条形码命名规则, 默认会强迫你使用\" 041 \\ \"开头的收银员条形码。若要更改, 请访问 :菜单选择: 出售 `点 - >配置 - >条码规则` 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116 msgid "Change Cashier" @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ msgstr "把默认销售点赋予一个钱箱" msgid "" "If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "如果你要分配你的收银员给零售, 去菜单选择 : '零售-->配置-->设置‘" +msgstr "如果你要分配你的收银员给零售, 去菜单选择 :'零售-->配置-->设置‘" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159 msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**." @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ msgstr "全局统计量" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`." -msgstr "转到 :菜单选择:`报告--> 订单` 。" +msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`报告--> 订单` 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25 msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales." @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "出纳统计" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`." -msgstr "转到 :菜单选择:`报告--> 销售详情` 。" +msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`报告--> 销售详情` 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ msgid "" "`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " "Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "政府认证的 '财政数据模块 `_POS机, 都可以工作, 但建议使用Cleancash SC-B, 你还需要: " +msgstr "政府认证的'财政数据模块 `_POS机, 都可以工作, 但建议使用Cleancash SC-B, 你还需要:" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ msgid "" " The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a transaction, " "you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing " "card." -msgstr "一个Odoo POS应用程序可以通过安装 **比利时注册的收银机** 应用程序( :\" pos_blackbox be \"技术名称)给予认证的POS功能。因为这是政府强加的限制, 这种安装不能撤消。在此之后, 你必须确保每个POS配置有与它(关联的唯一注册POSBox: 菜单选择 :`零售 - >配置 - > 零售 ', 确保硬件代理/ POSBox和序列号您POSBox被设置好了)。第一次你打开零售, 并尝试做一个交易, 你会被要求输入您与增值税签约卡接收的PIN。" +msgstr "一个Odoo POS应用程序可以通过安装 **比利时注册的收银机** 应用程序( :\" pos_blackbox be \\ \"技术名称)给予认证的POS功能。因为这是政府强加的限制, 这种安装不能撤消。在此之后, 你必须确保每个POS配置有与它(关联的唯一注册POSBox: 菜单选择 :`零售 - >配置 - > 零售', 确保硬件代理/ POSBox和序列号您POSBox被设置好了)。第一次你打开零售, 并尝试做一个交易, 你会被要求输入您与增值税签约卡接收的PIN。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 msgid "On-premise" @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ msgid "" "support the Fiscal Data Module in on-premise installations. The main " "restriction is that this requires an obfuscated version of the " "``pos_blackbox_be`` module we will provide on request." -msgstr "我们不仅支持财政数据模块在我们的SaaS平台上, 我们也支持财政数据模块的预设安装。主要的限制是, 这要求\" pos_blackbox_be \"模块, 我们将按要求提供相关版本。" +msgstr "我们不仅支持财政数据模块在我们的SaaS平台上, 我们也支持财政数据模块的预设安装。主要的限制是, 这要求\" pos_blackbox_be \\ \"模块, 我们将按要求提供相关版本。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:77 msgid "Restrictions" @@ -1016,13 +1016,13 @@ msgstr "官方支持的硬件列在POS硬件页配置 - > 设置 `并选择您的销售点。向下滚动到\" 硬件代理/ POSBox \"部分并激活您想要通过POSBox使用硬件的选项。推荐指定POSBox的IP(印在启动后的POSBox后打印收据上)。如果未指定IP, 销售点会试图在本地网络上寻找。" +msgstr "要设置在销售点的POSBox, 请访问 :菜单选择: 零售点 - >配置 - > 设置 `并选择您的销售点。向下滚动到\" 硬件代理/ POSBox \\ \"部分并激活您想要通过POSBox使用硬件的选项。推荐指定POSBox的IP(印在启动后的POSBox后打印收据上)。如果未指定IP, 销售点会试图在本地网络上寻找。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ msgid "" "network, fill in the password field. The POSBox will attempt to connect to " "the specified network and will print a new POSBox status receipt after it " "has connected." -msgstr "当POSBox使用Wi-Fi适配器启动时, 将以您可以连接到的被称为“Posbox”的自己的Wi-Fi接入点开始。POSBox启动时的收据打印将反映这一点。为了使POSBox连接到已有的Wi-Fi网络, 转到POSBox的主页(在收据上已标明), 并进入Wi-Fi配置页面。在那里, 你可以选择网络连接。请注意, 我们只支持开放式和WPA(2)-PSK网络。当连接到一个WPA保护的网络, 填写密码字段。该POSBox将尝试连接到指定的网络, 连接后将打印新的POSBox状态条。" +msgstr "当POSBox使用Wi-Fi适配器启动时, 将以您可以连接到的被称为“Posbox\" 的自己的Wi-Fi接入点开始。POSBox启动时的收据打印将反映这一点。为了使POSBox连接到已有的Wi-Fi网络, 转到POSBox的主页(在收据上已标明), 并进入Wi-Fi配置页面。在那里, 你可以选择网络连接。请注意, 我们只支持开放式和WPA(2)-PSK网络。当连接到一个WPA保护的网络, 填写密码字段。该POSBox将尝试连接到指定的网络, 连接后将打印新的POSBox状态条。 " #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ msgid "" "a network. This will make the network choice persist across reboots. This " "means that instead of starting up its own \"Posbox\" network it will always " "attempt to connect to the specified network after it boots." -msgstr "如果你打算永久设置POSBox 为Wi-Fi连接, 你可以在Wi-Fi配置页上选择复选框为“一直”。这将在重新启动时网络选择一直选择WIFI。这意味着, 在启动后它将始终尝试连接到指定的网络而不是自己的“Posbox”网络。" +msgstr "如果你打算永久设置POSBox 为Wi-Fi连接, 你可以在Wi-Fi配置页上选择复选框为“一直\" 。这将在重新启动时网络选择一直选择WIFI。这意味着, 在启动后它将始终尝试连接到指定的网络而不是自己的“Posbox \"网络。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ msgid "" "it's own \"Posbox\" Access Point. If connection is lost with a Wi-Fi network" " after connecting to it, the POSBox will attempt to re-establish connection " "automatically." -msgstr "当POSBox无法连接到网络时, 它将退回到开始了自己的“Posbox”接入点。如果与Wi-Fi网络丢失, POSBox会尝试自动重新建立连接。" +msgstr "当POSBox无法连接到网络时, 它将退回到开始了自己的“Posbox\" 接入点。如果与Wi-Fi网络丢失, POSBox会尝试自动重新建立连接。 " #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:150 msgid "Multi-POS Configuration" @@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ msgid "" "different from a 'real' Odoo instance however. It does not handle *any* " "business data (eg. POS orders), but only serves as a gateway between the " "Point of Sale and the hardware." -msgstr "Odoo模块提供了对于不同类型的硬件的驱动支持。事实上, POSBox运行Odoo的销售点通信。在POSBox运行Odoo是一个和“真正的”Odoo有很大的不同的例子。它不处理任何 **业务数据(如POS订单), 仅仅是作为销售点和硬件之间的网关。" +msgstr "Odoo模块提供了对于不同类型的硬件的驱动支持。事实上, POSBox运行Odoo的销售点通信。在POSBox运行Odoo是一个和“真正的\" Odoo有很大的不同的例子。它不处理任何 **业务数据(如POS订单), 仅仅是作为销售点和硬件之间的网关。 " #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." " This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to " "`nightly.odoo.com `_ for users to download." -msgstr "我们生成正规的POSBox 镜像使用如下脚本https ://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. 更加具体的话, 运行 `posbox_create_image.sh '.建立一个叫\" posbox.img\\ \\ \"的镜像, 我们压缩并上传到' nightly.odoo.com '_供用户下载。" +msgstr "我们生成正规的POSBox 镜像使用如下脚本https ://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. 更加具体的话, 运行 `posbox_create_image.sh'.建立一个叫\" posbox.img\\ \\ \\ \"的镜像, 我们压缩并上传到'nightly.odoo.com'_供用户下载。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ msgstr "由于Odoo在Python2上运行, 你需要检查你需要使用的PIP的 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:226 msgid "``# pip --version``" -msgstr "\" # pip --version \"" +msgstr "``# pip --version``" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:228 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:234 @@ -1295,15 +1295,15 @@ msgstr "驱动模块需要安装新的python模块" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:242 msgid "``# pip install pyserial``" -msgstr "\" # pip install pyserial \"" +msgstr "``# pip install pyserial``" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:244 msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" -msgstr "\" # pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1 \"" +msgstr "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:246 msgid "``# pip install qrcode``" -msgstr "\" # pip install qrcode \"" +msgstr "``# pip install qrcode``" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:249 msgid "Access Rights" @@ -1318,15 +1318,15 @@ msgstr "驱动需要获得打印机和条码扫描仪设备的原始访问。这 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:255 msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``" -msgstr "\" # groupadd usbusers \"" +msgstr "``# groupadd usbusers``" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:257 msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``" -msgstr "然后, 我们添加谁将会运行OpenERP的服务器\" USB users \"用户" +msgstr "然后, 我们添加谁将会运行OpenERP的服务器\" USB users \\ \"用户" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:259 msgid "``# useradd -G usbusers USERNAME``" -msgstr "\" # useradd -G usbusers USERNAME \"" +msgstr "``# useradd -G usbusers USERNAME``" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ msgid "" "``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called " "``99-usbusers.rule`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the " "following content::" -msgstr "然后我们需要生成一个udev 规则, 这将自动允许\" usdusers\\ \\ \"成员访问原始的USB设备。为此生成一个带有以下内容的叫\" 99-usbusers.rule\\ \\ \"的文件在\" /etc/udev/rules.d/ \"目录中。" +msgstr "然后我们需要生成一个udev 规则, 这将自动允许\" usdusers\\ \\ \\ \"成员访问原始的USB设备。为此生成一个带有以下内容的叫\" 99-usbusers.rule\\ \\ \\ \"的文件在\" /etc/udev/rules.d/ \\ \"目录中。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:269 msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine." @@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ msgid "" "``$ ./odoo.py " "--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale, " "hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" -msgstr "\" $ ./odoo.py --load=web, hw_proxy, hw_posbox_homepage, hw_posbox_upgrade, hw_scale, hw_scanner, hw_escpos \"" +msgstr "\" $ ./odoo.py --load=web, hw_proxy, hw_posbox_homepage, hw_posbox_upgrade, hw_scale, hw_scanner, hw_escpos \\ \"" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:279 msgid "Test the instance" @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ msgid "" "errors are: The paths on the distribution differ from the paths expected by " "the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to the devices, " "the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others." -msgstr "请将所有的硬件设备插到机器的USB端口, 然后转到\" http ://localhost: 8069/hw_proxy/status \"\" 刷新页面几次, 看看是否所有的设备都显示为 *连接* 。错误的可能来源是 :linux上的路径和驱动所期望的路径不同, 另一个进程已经抢到了设备的独占访问时, udev规则不适用或他被人取代。 " +msgstr "请将所有的硬件设备插到机器的USB端口, 然后转到\" http ://localhost: 8069/hw_proxy/status \\ \"\" 刷新页面几次, 看看是否所有的设备都显示为 *连接* 。错误的可能来源是 :linux上的路径和驱动所期望的路径不同, 另一个进程已经抢到了设备的独占访问时, udev规则不适用或他被人取代。 " #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:289 msgid "Automatically start Odoo" @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ msgid "" "The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either ``127.0.0.1`` " "or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine " "that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty." -msgstr "在POS的IP地址字段必须配置\" 127.0.0.1 \"or\" localhost \", 如果你将在作为零售点的Odoo 服务器的机器上运行, 你也可以留空。" +msgstr "在POS的IP地址字段必须配置\" 127.0.0.1 \\ \"or\" localhost \\ \", 如果你将在作为零售点的Odoo 服务器的机器上运行, 你也可以留空。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:305 msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation" @@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ msgstr "兼容外设" msgid "" "Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page " "`_." -msgstr "官方支持的硬件, 列在 'POS硬件页 `_上。" +msgstr "官方支持的硬件, 列在'POS硬件页 `_上。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:328 msgid "The POSBox Software" @@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ msgid "" "used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored " "on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` " "branch." -msgstr "该POSBox运行一个重大的修改Raspbian Linux, 是Raspberry Debian的衍生物。它还可以运行Odoo的准系统安装, 提供网络服务器和驱动程序。硬件驱动被作为为Odoo模块。这些模块都前缀\" hw_ * \", 他们是POSBox运行的唯一模块。 Odoo仅用于所提供的框架。没有业务数据被处理或存储在POSBox。该Odoo实例是\" 8.0 \"克隆。" +msgstr "该POSBox运行一个重大的修改Raspbian Linux, 是Raspberry Debian的衍生物。它还可以运行Odoo的准系统安装, 提供网络服务器和驱动程序。硬件驱动被作为为Odoo模块。这些模块都前缀\" hw_ * \\ \", 他们是POSBox运行的唯一模块。 Odoo仅用于所提供的框架。没有业务数据被处理或存储在POSBox。该Odoo实例是\" 8.0 \\ \"克隆。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -1460,14 +1460,14 @@ msgstr "Odoo服务器的运行Log可以在如下地方找到 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:357 msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" -msgstr "\" /var/log/odoo/odoo.log \"" +msgstr "\" /var/log/odoo/odoo.log \\ \"" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:359 msgid "" "Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the " "POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with " "``posbox_*``." -msgstr "各种在POSBox运行的相关的脚本(如无线网络相关的脚本)将记录到/ var / log / syslog上, 那些消息都标有\" posbox_ * \"。" +msgstr "各种在POSBox运行的相关的脚本(如无线网络相关的脚本)将记录到/ var / log / syslog上, 那些消息都标有\" posbox_ * \\ \"。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:364 msgid "Accessing the POSBox" @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr "远程访问" msgid "" "If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the " "POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``." -msgstr "如果你有POSBox的IP地址和SSH客户端, 你可以远程访问POSBox的系统。登录凭据\" pi \"/\" raspberry \"。" +msgstr "如果你有POSBox的IP地址和SSH客户端, 你可以远程访问POSBox的系统。登录凭据\" pi \\ \"/\" raspberry \\ \"。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:384 msgid "Updating The POSBox Software" @@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ msgid "" "official POSBox image page `_. This " "method of upgrading will ensure that you're running the latest version of " "the POSBox software." -msgstr "更新POSBox软件的最好方法是下载镜像的新版本, 并更新SD卡。该操作的详细描述在 `` _, 只需用最新一期的 '官方POSBox镜像页面找到替换的标准Raspberry Pi 镜像 `_。这种升级方法将确保您正在运行最新版本的POSBox软件。" +msgstr "更新POSBox软件的最好方法是下载镜像的新版本, 并更新SD卡。该操作的详细描述在 `` _, 只需用最新一期的'官方POSBox镜像页面找到替换的标准Raspberry Pi 镜像 `_。这种升级方法将确保您正在运行最新版本的POSBox软件。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:398 msgid "" @@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ msgstr "内部Odoo应用" msgid "" "Scripts in the folder " "``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" -msgstr "脚本在文件夹\" odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/ \"" +msgstr "脚本在文件夹\" odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/ \\ \"" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:408 msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading." @@ -1910,7 +1910,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "会计分类账用于登录销售分录。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1936,7 +1936,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用从销售点的发票生成" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -2135,15 +2135,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`" -msgstr " :doc:`../advanced/register` " +msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/register` " #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`" -msgstr " :doc:`../advanced/reprint` " +msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/reprint` " #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`transfer`" -msgstr " :doc:`transfer` " +msgstr ":doc:`transfer` " #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3 msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?" @@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ msgstr "如何处理厨房、吧台订单打印？" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从仪表板点击 :menuselection:`更多 --> 设置` " #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13 msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**." @@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ msgstr "如何设置PoS餐馆？" msgid "" "Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "转到 **POS** 应用, :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in " "restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后回到 **仪表板**, 在你想要使用餐馆模式的POS, 点击 :menuselection:`更多 --> 设置`." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40 msgid ":doc:`table`" -msgstr " :doc:`table` " +msgstr ":doc:`table` " #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 msgid "How to handle split bills?" @@ -2431,7 +2431,7 @@ msgstr "如何处理提示？" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63 msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从仪表板点击 :menuselection:`更多 --> 设置` " #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 msgid "Add a product for the tip." @@ -2510,7 +2510,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> " "Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 **POS** 仪表板, 点击 :`更多 --> 设置` 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17 msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**." @@ -2577,19 +2577,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`invoice`" -msgstr " :doc:`invoice` " +msgstr ":doc:`invoice` " #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`refund`" -msgstr " :doc:`refund` " +msgstr ":doc:`refund` " #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`" -msgstr " :doc:`seasonal_discount` " +msgstr ":doc:`seasonal_discount` " #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?" @@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ msgid "" "barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, " "go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " "Nomenclatures`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "小心处理 **条形码命名规范** 。默认，客户条码以042开头。要检查默认条码命名规范，转到 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 条形码命名规范`." #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82 msgid "Payment and invoicing" @@ -2701,7 +2701,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click " "on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要检索客户发票，转到 **销售** 应用，点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 客户`。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102 msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :" @@ -2717,7 +2717,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91 msgid ":doc:`cash_control`" -msgstr " :doc:`cash_control` " +msgstr ":doc:`cash_control` " #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 msgid "How to return and refund products?" @@ -2756,7 +2756,7 @@ msgstr "销售应用配置" msgid "" "In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 **销售** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置Configuration --> 设置Settings` 。勾上 **基于公式的高级定价** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 msgid "Creating a pricelist" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index dd45b1390..d0e489d62 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:15+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-02 14:35+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click" " on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add " "others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)." -msgstr "问题一旦被创, 你就可以决定通知到你的员工。在“聊天室” （屏幕下方）, 你可以看到两个按钮“加入”（绿色）“不加入”（白色）。点击第一个就可以收到私人通知, 第二个可以添加其他员工作为项目的使用者。" +msgstr "问题一旦被创, 你就可以决定通知到你的员工。在“聊天室\" （屏幕下方）, 你可以看到两个按钮“加入 \"（绿色）“不加入\" （白色）。点击第一个就可以收到私人通知, 第二个可以添加其他员工作为项目的使用者。 " #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63 msgid "Set up your workflow" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "" "dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " "edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on " "your desired stage." -msgstr "你可以根据你的工作流来个性化你的项目状态, 通过创建新栏目。在”看板“里面, 你可以添加新的项目状态。如果你想更改状态的顺序, 你只需要通过拖拉的动作即可。同时你也可以修改, 隐藏你想要隐藏的状态。" +msgstr "你可以根据你的工作流来个性化你的项目状态, 通过创建新栏目。在\" 看板“里面, 你可以添加新的项目状态。如果你想更改状态的顺序, 你只需要通过拖拉的动作即可。同时你也可以修改, 隐藏你想要隐藏的状态。 " #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77 msgid "Generate issues from emails" @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias " "domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you " "will now see the email address under the name of your project." -msgstr "如果你没法在这个项目上看到相对应的地址, 你可以去“设置”里面设置域名, 然后回到“项目”界面, 这时你就可以看到以你项目名字为前缀的邮箱地址。" +msgstr "如果你没法在这个项目上看到相对应的地址, 你可以去“设置\" 里面设置域名, 然后回到“项目 \"界面, 这时你就可以看到以你项目名字为前缀的邮箱地址。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -149,16 +149,16 @@ msgstr "每当客户往这个邮箱发送邮件, 新的问题就会自动创建 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr " :doc:`../configuration/setup` " +msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup` " #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`" -msgstr " :doc:`../configuration/collaboration` " +msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration` " #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:98 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`external`" -msgstr " :doc:`external` " +msgstr ":doc:`external` " #: ../../project/advanced/external.rst:3 msgid "How to collaborate with external people?" @@ -199,13 +199,13 @@ msgid "" "Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " "necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " "apps module and install it." -msgstr "在做必要的设置之前, 首先要安装“项目”这个模块。只需到应用程序界面下载并安装。" +msgstr "在做必要的设置之前, 首先要安装“项目\" 这个模块。只需到应用程序界面下载并安装。 " #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 msgid "" "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " "module." -msgstr "而且, 在相同的界面, 你也要安装“项目评级”模块。" +msgstr "而且, 在相同的界面, 你也要安装“项目评级\" 模块。 " #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ msgid "" "**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " "Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " "completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "下一步, 进入后台项目模块。选择“设置”按钮并在下拉菜单中选择“设置”。然后选择“项目客户评级”, 不要忘记保存设置。" +msgstr "下一步, 进入后台项目模块。选择“设置\" 按钮并在下拉菜单中选择“设置 \"。然后选择“项目客户评级\" , 不要忘记保存设置。 " #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "项目配置" msgid "" "Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " "**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "进入“项目”模块, 在项目设置里面勾选“客户满意”选项。" +msgstr "进入“项目\" 模块, 在项目设置里面勾选“客户满意 \"选项。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 msgid "Email Template" @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " "column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." " You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "去项目状态设置（点击这个图标, 在状态栏的上方, 然后选择”编辑“）。选择一个邮件模版, 你也可以直接编辑。" +msgstr "去项目状态设置（点击这个图标, 在状态栏的上方, 然后选择\" 编辑“）。选择一个邮件模版, 你也可以直接编辑。 " #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" @@ -279,13 +279,13 @@ msgstr "如何在页面上展示等级评定。" msgid "" "First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " "To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "首先有必要安装“网站构建器”模块。只需要去模块菜单下载并安装即可。" +msgstr "首先有必要安装“网站构建器\" 模块。只需要去模块菜单下载并安装即可。 " #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 msgid "" "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" " Issue** module." -msgstr "而且, 在同一个菜单, 你必须安装“项目问题网站评级”模块。" +msgstr "而且, 在同一个菜单, 你必须安装“项目问题网站评级\" 模块。 " #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -296,15 +296,15 @@ msgstr "然后, 你就能够可以在网站上公布你的结果了, 你可以 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`" -msgstr " :doc:`claim_issue` " +msgstr ":doc:`claim_issue` " #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr " :doc:`invoicing` " +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` " #: ../../project/advanced/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice time spent?" -msgstr "如何给花费的时间开发票？" +msgstr "如何给花费的时间开票？" #: ../../project/advanced/publication.rst:3 msgid "How to publish the project externally?" @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ msgid "" "In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " "management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " "from sales order lines." -msgstr "在这部分里, 我们可以看到Odoo“项目管理”和“销售”这两个的整合模块的整合, 准确一点说是如何从销售条目中直接产生任务。" +msgstr "在这部分里, 我们可以看到Odoo“项目管理\" 和“销售 \"这两个的整合模块的整合, 准确一点说是如何从销售条目中直接产生任务。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -350,14 +350,14 @@ msgid "" "In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " "install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" " the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "你需要安装\" 销售管理“和”项目”模块才可以在销售订单上生成任务。只需安装模块即可。 " +msgstr "你需要安装\" 销售管理“和 \"项目\" 模块才可以在销售订单上生成任务。只需安装模块即可。 " #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 msgid "" "Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " "spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." " Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "而且, 如果你想基于工单为客户开发票, 也是必须要安装“工单”模块。" +msgstr "而且, 如果你想基于工单为客户开发票, 也是必须要安装“工单\" 模块。 " #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 msgid "Create and set up a product" @@ -384,21 +384,21 @@ msgid "" "**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " "sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "“测量单位” :小时, 在菜单 - 设置 的“测量单位”, 查看按钮“有些产品可以以不同的测量单位买卖”。" +msgstr "“测量单位\" :小时, 在菜单 - 设置 的“测量单位 \", 查看按钮“有些产品可以以不同的测量单位买卖\" 。 " #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 msgid "" "**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " "quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" " that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "“发票形式” :你可以基于订单数量, 也可以按发货数量产生发票。你可以简单地依据时间总量来发货或开发票给客户。" +msgstr "“发票形式\" :你可以基于订单数量, 也可以按发货数量产生发票。你可以简单地依据时间总量来发货或开发票给客户。 " #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 msgid "" "**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " "service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " "product to hours as well." -msgstr "“跟踪服务” :创建任务, 跟踪时间, 如果你的产品是以时间来开发票给客户, 你需要把你的测量时间设置成小时。" +msgstr "“跟踪服务\" :创建任务, 跟踪时间, 如果你的产品是以时间来开发票给客户, 你需要把你的测量时间设置成小时。 " #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ msgid "" "either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " "(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " ":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "在新的项目与对应的销售订单相关联, 你只需点击“更多”按钮来设置。" +msgstr "在新的项目与对应的销售订单相关联, 你只需点击“更多\" 按钮来设置。 " #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -452,11 +452,11 @@ msgstr "在Odoo中, 销售订单是一切的中心, 也就意味着任务的源 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice` " #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support` " #: ../../project/application.rst:3 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" @@ -932,16 +932,16 @@ msgstr "隐私设置如 :" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr " **客户项目**: 如果该客户是一个关注者那么就可以在门户中看到。" +msgstr " **客户项目**: 如果该客户是一个关注者那么就可以在门户中看到。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr " **所有员工**: 员工能看到所有的任务或者问题。" +msgstr " **所有员工**: 员工能看到所有的任务或者问题。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 msgid "" "**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr " **私有项目**: 只有关注者能看到的任务或者问题" +msgstr " **私有项目**: 只有关注者能看到的任务或者问题" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1011,15 +1011,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr " :doc:`visualization` " +msgstr ":doc:`visualization` " #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr " :doc:`collaboration` " +msgstr ":doc:`collaboration` " #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr " :doc:`time_record` " +msgstr ":doc:`time_record` " #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 msgid "How to record time spent?" @@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ msgid "" "prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " "deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " "planning." -msgstr "ODoo项目管理中另外一个很好的特性是预测工具, 当该功能被激活后, 我就可以在每个项目计划项目资源以及工作负载。因此对其余的项目的时间分配也就更加容易了。在该项目, 我需要对几个销售团队进行培训, 本周我讲花费50%的时间在该项目上, 作为项目经理, 我也可以对每个用户进行资源的分配并且根据其它的项目中该用户的工作负载状况做出调整, 这样可以有效的防止同一成员在不同项目中的时间重叠。我可以重新分配给其他人一个任务或者调整该任务的最后期限。Odoo项目管理是管理项目计划的最有效的可执行的应用" +msgstr "Odoo项目中另外一个伟大的功能是预测工具。 当激活后, 我就可以计划项目资源以及工作量。因此，对其他项目的时间分配也就更加容易了。对于此项目, 我需要培训销售团队的成品。它将会需要我本周50%的时间。作为项目经理, 我可以对每个用户进行资源分配，并且根据其它的项目做出调。这样可以防止任何形式的时间重叠。我可以重新分配任务，或者调整截止日期。Odoo项目是战略规划和执行规划的完美应用。" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "如果在你的任务中添加最后期限, 他就回显示在日历视 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr " :doc:`forecast` " +msgstr ":doc:`forecast` " #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast tasks?" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index fdb2fd213..ec4db7f34 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-17 11:45+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:15+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-11 04:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ msgstr "如果你想知道如何创建一个 **采购招标** , 请阅读在 :do #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From purchase order to invoice and receptions" -msgstr "从采购订单到开票和收货" +msgstr "从采购订单到发票和收货" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ msgstr "在Odoo里, 一个采购单可以这样创建, 也可以是一个询价 msgid "" "The PO will generate an invoice, and depending on the contract with your " "supplier, you will be required to pay the invoice before or after delivery." -msgstr "PO可以生产一个发票, 按你和供应商的合同, 你需要在交货前或后付款。" +msgstr "PO会生成一个发票, 按你和供应商的合同, 你需要在交货前或后付款。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:18 msgid "Install the Purchase Management application" @@ -290,11 +290,11 @@ msgstr "如果你想通过完整的流程, 并为订单创建一个 **申购单* #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:57 msgid "" "As you can see, the status of the PO has switched to ``Purchase Order``." -msgstr "如你所见, 该采购订单的状态变成了\" 采购订单 \"。" +msgstr "如你所见, 该采购订单的状态变成了\" 采购订单 \\ \"。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:63 msgid "Registering invoice, payments and receiving products" -msgstr "登记发票, 付款并接收产品" +msgstr "登记发票, 付款以及接收产品" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ msgid "" "template of document to get import/export compatible and get the right " "format to import in mass. Create manually a data and export it " "(:menuselection:`select --> Action --> Export`)" -msgstr "在 :菜单选项: ’采购-->采购-->供应商价格表-->‘, 导出一个导入/导出兼容的正确格式的模板再来导入大量的数据。手动创建一个数据并导出( : '菜单选项: ' 选择-->行动-->导出 ')" +msgstr "在 :菜单选项: ’采购-->采购-->供应商价格表-->‘, 导出一个导入/导出兼容的正确格式的模板再来导入大量的数据。手动创建一个数据并导出( :'菜单选项:'选择-->行动-->导出')" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63 msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:" @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ msgstr "product_id.id" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 msgid "Product Variante name -> export your variant list to get it" -msgstr "产品变量名称－>导出并获取变量" +msgstr "产品变量名称－>导出变型清单获取" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ msgid "" "Follow the procedure of the first scenario in order to export existing data " "from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Vendor Pricelist`. Select " "everything, and export from the **Action** menu." -msgstr "跟随第一个场景的过程来导出数据从 :菜单选项: '采购-->采购-->供应商价格表' .选择所有, 然后从 **行动** 菜单导出。" +msgstr "跟随第一个场景的过程来导出数据从 :菜单选项:'采购-->采购-->供应商价格表'.选择所有, 然后从 **行动** 菜单导出。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ msgid "" "We will take the following example: We need to buy ``5 t-shirts``. We found " "a **Vendor**; called ``Bob&Jerry's`` and we want to issue a request for " "quotation." -msgstr "我们将采取下面的例子 :我们需要买 '' 5 T-shirts\" 。我们发现一个 **供应商** ;叫 \"Bob&Jerry 's\" , 我们要发出的报价请求。 " +msgstr "我们将采取下面的例子 :我们需要买''5 T-shirts\" 。我们发现一个 **供应商** ;叫 \\ \"Bob&Jerry's\" , 我们要发出的报价请求。 " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:19 msgid "Install the purchase module" @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ msgid "" "The second step is to create a vendor. In this case we'll create the vendor " "``Bob&Jerry's``. Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Purchase " "--> Vendors` and create a new vendor." -msgstr "第二步创建一个供应商。在这个案列中我们将创建供应商\" Bob&Jerry 's\\ \\ \".进入采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项: ' 采购-->供应商 '然后创建一个新的供应商。" +msgstr "第二步创建一个供应商。在这个案列中我们将创建供应商\" Bob&Jerry's\\ \\ \\ \".进入采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项:'采购-->供应商'然后创建一个新的供应商。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -712,13 +712,13 @@ msgstr "接下来我们可以创建我们想买的产品。我们还不知道 t- msgid "" "To create a product enter your purchase module select " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and create a new product." -msgstr "进入采购模块生成一个产品, 选择 :菜单选项: '采购-->产品' 来生成一个产品。" +msgstr "进入采购模块生成一个产品, 选择 :菜单选项:'采购-->产品'来生成一个产品。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:60 msgid "" "We will call our product ``T-shirt`` and specify that the product can be " "sold and purchased." -msgstr "我们称我们的产品\" T-shirt\\ \\ \", 并且指定它是可以销售和采购的。" +msgstr "我们称我们的产品\" T-shirt\\ \\ \\ \", 并且指定它是可以销售和采购的。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:67 msgid "Add Vendors to the product" @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically be linked to the product by Odoo. For our example let's say " "that we issue a first purchase order to ``Bob&Jerry's`` for ``5 t-shirts`` " "at ``12.35 euros / piece``." -msgstr "当第一次发送一个采购单给供应商, Odoo会自动帮你链接到产品。对我们的案例来说, 让我们发送第一个采购单给”Bob&Jerry 's\" , \\ \\ \"5件 t-shirts\" 每件价格\\ \\ \"12.35 eruos/piece\" . " +msgstr "当第一次发送一个采购单给供应商, Odoo会自动帮你链接到产品。对我们的案例来说, 让我们发送第一个采购单给\" Bob&Jerry's\\ \", \\ \\ \" 5件 t-shirts\\ \"每件价格\\ \\ \" 12.35 eruos/piece\\ \"." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ msgid "" "module, select :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and select our T-shirt" " product. By opening the **Inventory** tab we notice that our vendor and its" " price has automatically been added." -msgstr "当你保存和验证采购单时供应商会自动加入到产品供应商清单。为了验证这一点, 进入采购模块, 选择 : '菜单选项: ' 采购-->产品 '选择我们的T-shirt 产品。点开 **库存** 标签我们注意到我们的供应商和它的价格已经被自动添加了。" +msgstr "当你保存和验证采购单时供应商会自动加入到产品供应商清单。为了验证这一点, 进入采购模块, 选择 :'菜单选项:'采购-->产品'选择我们的T-shirt 产品。点开 **库存** 标签我们注意到我们的供应商和它的价格已经被自动添加了。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ msgid "" "Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " "unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "进入采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项: 配置-->设置 '然后勾选 **一些产品可能使用不同的计量单位销售/采购(高级)** 。" +msgstr "进入采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项: 配置-->设置'然后勾选 **一些产品可能使用不同的计量单位销售/采购(高级)** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" " selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " "below)." -msgstr "这么做, 去销售模块, 选择 :菜单选项: '设置-->产品-->计量单位' 通过下拉菜单点击创建和编辑来创建一个新的 **单位类型** (如下图)." +msgstr "这么做, 去销售模块, 选择 :菜单选项:'设置-->产品-->计量单位'通过下拉菜单点击创建和编辑来创建一个新的 **单位类型** (如下图)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ msgid "" "measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " "purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " "of Measure`." -msgstr "下一步创建 **卷** 和 **平方米** 的计量单位并关联到新的类型。这么做, 去采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项: '设置-->产品-->计量单位' ." +msgstr "下一步创建 **卷** 和 **平方米** 的计量单位并关联到新的类型。这么做, 去采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项:'设置-->产品-->计量单位'." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 msgid "Create two new units:" @@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ msgid "" " of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " "meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " "``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "对于 **平方米** , 我们会指定\" 1卷=10平米\\ \\ \"的窗帘。平米大于参照单位的话, 必须指定类型。 **更大比率** 是\" 10\\ \\ \"作为\" 1卷=10平米\\ \\ \"." +msgstr "对于 **平方米** , 我们会指定\" 1卷=10平米\\ \\ \\ \"的窗帘。平米大于参照单位的话, 必须指定类型。 **更大比率** 是\" 10\\ \\ \\ \"作为\" 1卷=10平米\\ \\ \\ \"." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "现在可以在产品界面把 **平方米** 做为计量单位, 把 ** #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`configuration`" -msgstr " :doc:`configuration` " +msgstr ":doc:`configuration` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 msgid "Request for Quotations" @@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr "你可以就价格进行谈判;" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "可以检查单个供应商的平均交货时间；" +msgstr "可以检查每个供应商的平均交货时间；" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 msgid "Etc." @@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ msgstr "您可以保存并再次使用定制的过滤, 从 **高级搜索视图* #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:132 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?" @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ msgid "" "The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " "Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " "Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "第一步通过创建一个 **询价单(RFQ)** 来生成一个 **采购单** , 通过菜单 :菜单选项: '采购-->采购-->询价单' . 确认你的询价单生成采购单。" +msgstr "第一步通过创建一个 **询价单(RFQ)** 来生成一个 **采购单** , 通过菜单 :菜单选项:'采购-->采购-->询价单'. 确认你的询价单生成采购单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1593,11 +1593,11 @@ msgstr "当逆转调拨完成后, 你的采购单的状态会自动变成完成, #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:104 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr " :doc:`bills` " +msgstr ":doc:`bills` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr " :doc:`reception` " +msgstr ":doc:`reception` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create a Request for Quotation?" @@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ msgstr "创建一张询价单" msgid "" "In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " "Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "在采购模块, 打开 :菜单选择: '采购-->询价' 点击 **创建** " +msgstr "在采购模块, 打开 :菜单选择:'采购-->询价'点击 **创建** " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1739,7 +1739,7 @@ msgid "" "If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" " thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " "purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "如果你要控制产品预期和收货, 第一步要做的是部署Odoo采购过程。知道已经买了什么是预期和收货控制的基础。" +msgstr "如果你想要产品预测和收货在控制之下, 第一步要做的是部署Odoo采购过程。知道已经买了什么，是预测和控制收货的基础。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" @@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ msgid "" "Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " "**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " "**Create**." -msgstr "然后, 你需要生成一个你要采购的产品。在 **采购** 界面, :菜单选择: '采购-->产品' , 点击 **创建** 。" +msgstr "然后, 你需要生成一个你要采购的产品。在 **采购** 界面, :菜单选择:'采购-->产品', 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" @@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "当创建产品时, **产品类型** 字段是重要的 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 msgid "" "**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr " **可库存&可消费**: 产品需要在库存中收取。" +msgstr " **可库存&可消费**: 产品需要在库存中收取。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1866,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "如果你打算将来收取剩下的产品, 选择 **创建欠单** 。O #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr " :doc:`cancel` " +msgstr ":doc:`cancel` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting.rst:3 msgid "How to manage sub-contracting (purchase of services)?" @@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@ msgstr "生成一个采购招标" msgid "" "To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase " "Tenders`." -msgstr "为了创建一个采购招标, 打开 :菜单选项: '采购-->采购招标' ." +msgstr "为了创建一个采购招标, 打开 :菜单选项:'采购-->采购招标'." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ msgstr "在采购投标窗口, 点击 **创建** .打开一个新的采购订单 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:43 msgid "By default, Odoo names PTs \"TEXXXXX\" but you can change it as you like." -msgstr "默认, Odoo 命名采购招标\" TEXXXXX\\ \\ \"但你可以按你喜欢更改。" +msgstr "默认, Odoo 命名采购招标\" TEXXXXX\\ \\ \\ \"但你可以按你喜欢更改。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "在我们的在线演示中显示 **采购招标** " #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../overview/process/difference` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3 msgid "" @@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase " "tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the " "way to the **Bid Selection** status." -msgstr "在 :菜单选择 : '采购-->采购招标' .创建一个包含一些产品的采购招标, 并按照通常的顺序一路到 **投标选择** 状态" +msgstr "在 :菜单选择 :'采购-->采购招标'.创建一个包含一些产品的采购招标, 并按照通常的顺序一路到 **投标选择** 状态" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -2120,7 +2120,7 @@ msgstr "按文档 :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` 来进行交 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76 msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" -msgstr " :doc:`manage_multiple_offers` " +msgstr ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers` " #: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment" @@ -2202,7 +2202,7 @@ msgid "" "Simply select a product (from the **Sales** module, go to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Product`), and go into the **Sales** tab to " "indicate your customer lead time." -msgstr "客户提前期是货物从你的仓库到你的客人处的时间。它可以为任何产品配置。简单地选择一个产品(从 **销售** 模块, 访问 :菜单选择: '销售-->产品' ), 并来到 **销售** 标签来制定你的客户提前期。" +msgstr "客户提前期是货物从你的仓库到你的客人处的时间。它可以为任何产品配置。简单地选择一个产品(从 **销售** 模块, 访问 :菜单选择:'销售-->产品'), 并来到 **销售** 标签来制定你的客户提前期。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:62 msgid "On the company level" @@ -2347,7 +2347,7 @@ msgid "" "routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " "suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " "section." -msgstr "首先, 配置 **路线** 和 **直销** 。打开菜单 : '库存' -->配置-->设置 '.在 **路线** 部分选中 **产品使用高级路线** 并且在 **直销** 部分选择 **允许供应商发货给你的客户** 。" +msgstr "首先, 配置 **路线** 和 **直销** 。打开菜单 :'库存'-->配置-->设置'.在 **路线** 部分选中 **产品使用高级路线** 并且在 **直销** 部分选择 **允许供应商发货给你的客户** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ msgstr "采购产品" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:17 msgid "Receive and pay the bill" -msgstr "收货和付款" +msgstr "接收和支付账单" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:19 msgid "Deliver your product" @@ -2428,7 +2428,7 @@ msgid "" "Next to Routes, tick **Buy** and **Make to order** as a procurement method. " "When you are generating sales order, Odoo will automatically reorder the " "same quantity through procurement." -msgstr "下一步到路线, 勾选 **买** 和 **按订单生产** 作为补货方式。当你创建销售订单时, Odoo会通过补货自动重订购相同的数量。" +msgstr "下一步到路线, 勾选 **购买** 和 **按订单生产** 作为补货方式。当你生成销售订单时, Odoo会通过补货自动重新订购相同的数量。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:37 msgid "Don't forget to set a vendor otherwise the rule won't be triggered." @@ -2444,7 +2444,7 @@ msgstr "你也可以配置最小库存规则来触发采购订单。" msgid "" "To know how to configure a minimum stock rule, please read the document " ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`." -msgstr "为了知道如何设置最小库存规设则, 请阅读文档 :文档: '设置_库存_规则' ." +msgstr "为了知道如何设置最小库存规设则, 请阅读文档 :文档:'设置_库存_规则'." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:50 msgid "Sale order" @@ -2454,7 +2454,7 @@ msgstr "销售订单" msgid "" "To create a sale order, go to the **Sales** application, " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales order` and create a new sale order." -msgstr "为了创建一个销售订单, 在 **销售** 模块, 菜单选择 :’销售-->销售订单 '并创建一个新的销售订单。" +msgstr "为了创建一个销售订单, 在 **销售** 模块, 菜单选择 :’销售-->销售订单'并创建一个新的销售订单。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2478,7 +2478,7 @@ msgid "" "The purchase order is automatically created. Go to the **Purchase** " "application :menuselection:`Purchase --> Request for Quotation`. The source " "document is the sale order that triggered the procurement." -msgstr "采购订单被自动创建了。来到 **采购** 模块 :菜单项: '采购' -->报价需求 '。源文档是触发了补货的销售订单。" +msgstr "采购订单被自动创建了。来到 **采购** 模块 :菜单项:'采购'-->报价需求'。源文档是触发了补货的销售订单。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -2489,7 +2489,7 @@ msgstr "如果你做一些更多的销售触发补货到相同的供应商, 它 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:85 msgid "Receipt and delivery" -msgstr "收货和发货" +msgstr "收货和交货" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -2516,15 +2516,15 @@ msgstr "交货的状态从 **等待可用** 到 **可用** 。验证调拨确认 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:111 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`replenishment_methods`" -msgstr " :doc:`replenishment_methods` " +msgstr ":doc:`replenishment_methods` " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr " :doc:`setup_stock_rule` " +msgstr ":doc:`setup_stock_rule` " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`warning_triggering`" -msgstr " :doc:`warning_triggering` " +msgstr ":doc:`warning_triggering` " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/replenishment_methods.rst:3 msgid "What are the available automated replenishment methods?" @@ -2550,14 +2550,14 @@ msgstr "Odoo 允许你设置规则以便基于最小库存自动对这些东西 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:14 msgid "When should I use Reordering Rules?" -msgstr "什么时候我应该使用重订货规则。" +msgstr "什么时候应该使用订货规则。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:16 msgid "" "Reordering Rules work best for items that have a high demand and high flow. " "It will relieve you from a lot of work to focus on the rest of your " "activities knowing that stocks will always be right." -msgstr "重订货规则最好用在高需求, 高流动的物品上。这将把你从繁重工作中解放出来, 更多地关注其他事情。" +msgstr "订货规则最好用在高需求, 高流动的物品上。这将把你从繁重工作中解放出来, 更多地关注其他事情。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -2569,7 +2569,7 @@ msgstr "它也可以被用在你已经限制了存储空间并且你需要大量 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:26 msgid "When should I avoid Reordering Rules?" -msgstr "什么时候避免使用重订货规则。" +msgstr "什么时候应该避免订货规则。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2623,19 +2623,19 @@ msgstr "在采购模块, 打开采购菜单点击产品。打开你要添加重 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:67 msgid "3 conditions for correct reordering rule :" -msgstr "3 种情况修改重订货规则 :" +msgstr "3 种情况修改订货规则 :" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:69 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`General information --> Product type`, make the product " "stockable (as soon as this is done, the icon \"Reordering rule will appear)" -msgstr "在 :菜单选项: '普通信息-->产品类型' , 设置产品为可库存(一旦设好, \" 重订货规则\\ \\ \"图标会马上显现)" +msgstr "在 :菜单选项:'普通信息-->产品类型', 设置产品为可库存(一旦设好, \" 重订货规则\\ \\ \\ \"图标会马上显现)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:71 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Inventory --> route`, tick the \"Buy\" box (and untick " "the Make To Order box)" -msgstr "在 :菜单选项 : '库存-->路线' 勾选\" 买\\ \\ \"选项(同时不能勾选Make To Order 选项)" +msgstr "在 :菜单选项 :'库存-->路线'勾选\" 买\\ \\ \\ \"选项(同时不能勾选Make To Order 选项)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -2644,17 +2644,17 @@ msgstr "选择一个供应商(别忘了设置最小数量大于0)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:76 msgid "Create a reordering rule" -msgstr "创建一个重订货规则" +msgstr "创建一个订货规则" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78 msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens." -msgstr "点击重订货规则标签, 点击创建。会打开新的创建页。" +msgstr "点击订货规则页卡, 点击创建。会打开新的创建页面。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:83 msgid "" "By default, Reordering Rules in Odoo are named as \"OP/XXXXX\" but you are " "free to use any nomenclature. You can modify it via the **Name** field." -msgstr "默认情况下, 重订货规则在Odoo里被命名为”OP/XXXXX\" 但你也可以使用自己的命名规则。你能通过“名字“字段修改。 " +msgstr "默认情况下, 订货规则在Odoo里被命名为\" OP/XXXXX\\ \"但你也可以使用自己的命名规则。你能通过“名字“字段修改。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:86 msgid "The **Product** field is the product you are creating the rule for." @@ -2675,7 +2675,7 @@ msgstr "如果你设置了多仓库和库位, 在 **库位** 字段指定该产 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:96 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location` " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, the lead times are in calendar days. You can change that in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Minimum Stock " "Rules`" -msgstr "默认, 提前期是日历天数。你可在 :菜单项: '库存-->配置-->设置-->最小库存规则' 处更改它。" +msgstr "默认, 提前期是日历天数。你可在 :菜单项:'库存-->配置-->设置-->最小库存规则'处更改它。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:125 msgid "When you have entered all the info, click on Save." @@ -2733,7 +2733,7 @@ msgid "" "From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" " stock, the system will automatically send a RfQ to your supplier based on " "your maximum quantity to replenish your stock." -msgstr "从现在起, 每次一个有重订货规则的产品达到最小库存时, 系统会自动发送一个基于你的最大补货数量的请购单给你的供应商。" +msgstr "从现在起, 每次一个有订货规则的产品达到最小库存时, 系统会自动发送一个基于你的最大补货数量的请购单给你的供应商。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -2750,7 +2750,7 @@ msgstr "知道如何配置并手动运行排程器, 请阅读如下文档 :doc:` #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:142 msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers` " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:69 @@ -2834,7 +2834,7 @@ msgstr "产品警告" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products` or to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Products`." -msgstr "在 :菜单: '采购-->产品' 或在 :菜单: 销售-->产品 '." +msgstr "在 :菜单:'采购-->产品'或在 :菜单: 销售-->产品'." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:57 msgid "Open the product and click on the **Notes** tab." @@ -2852,7 +2852,7 @@ msgstr "当采购产品时的警告。" msgid "" "Go to the Purchases application, click on :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Vendors`. Go to the **Warnings** tab." -msgstr "在采购应用下, 点击 :菜单: 采购-->供应商 '.进入 **警告** 标签。" +msgstr "在采购应用下, 点击 :菜单: 采购-->供应商'.进入 **警告** 标签。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2865,7 +2865,7 @@ msgid "" "Create a **Request for Quotation**. Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Request for Quotation` and click on **Create**. Choose the vendor on which a" " warning was set." -msgstr "创建一个 **询价单** 。在 :菜单: '采购-->询价' 并点击 **创建** 。选择一个设置了警告的供应商。" +msgstr "创建一个 **询价单** 。在 :菜单:'采购-->询价'并点击 **创建** 。选择一个设置了警告的供应商。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:84 msgid "When choosing the vendor, the warning will appear." @@ -2914,7 +2914,7 @@ msgstr "管理内部公司规则。" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" " companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "在 :菜单: '设置-->常规设置‘。选择 **管理多公司** 和 **管理内部公司** 。" +msgstr "在 :菜单:'设置-->常规设置‘。选择 **管理多公司** 和 **管理内部公司** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 msgid "Click on **Apply**." @@ -2969,7 +2969,7 @@ msgstr "即使你没有财务的权限, 你仍然可以控制供应商账单。" msgid "" "Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Vendor " "Bills`." -msgstr "在 **采购** 模块 :菜单 '控制-->供应商 账单’。" +msgstr "在 **采购** 模块 :菜单'控制-->供应商 账单’。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:17 msgid "Incoming Products" @@ -2985,11 +2985,11 @@ msgstr "即使你没有库存模块的权限, 你仍然可以控制入库产品 msgid "" "Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Incoming " "Products`." -msgstr "在 **采购** 模块 :菜单: '控制-->入库产品' ." +msgstr "在 **采购** 模块 :菜单:'控制-->入库产品'." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:28 msgid "Procurements exceptions" -msgstr "采购异常" +msgstr "补货异常" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:30 msgid "Here, you need the **Inventory Manager** access rights." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 22fc7e28e..864417680 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:15+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-11 05:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " "Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." -msgstr "从主菜单中点击 **联系人** , 如果该联系人在系统中不存在, 则需要点创建按钮来创建新的联系人, 并在联系人页面中录入详细的数据并点击 \" 保存\\ \\ \"。" +msgstr "从主菜单中点击 **联系人** , 如果该联系人在系统中不存在, 则需要点创建按钮来创建新的联系人, 并在联系人页面中录入详细的数据并点击 \" 保存\\ \\ \\ \"。" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "带项目细节的上架产品" msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." -msgstr "为了增加项目细节, 你应该创建一个带数值的产品属性在产品的 **变种** 标签里。" +msgstr "为了增加项目规格, 你应该在产品表单创建一个产品属性，在 **变型** 页签里设置一个值。" #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ msgid "" "specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " "If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " "listing." -msgstr "在大多数的Ebay类别中需要产品识别码, 例如EAN, UPC, Brand 或者 MPN。模块通过产品变型中的 **条码** 字段管理EAN 和 UPC 识别码。如果 **条码** 字段为空或者值不可用, EAN 和UPC会在Ebay上被推荐设置为 '不可用' 。Brand和MPN值需要在特定的产品维护, 所以在产品 **变量** 上进行维护。如果这些值没有设置, Ebay列表中就会是 '不可用' 。" +msgstr "在大多数的Ebay类别中需要产品识别码, 例如EAN, UPC, Brand 或者 MPN。模块通过产品变型中的 **条码** 字段管理EAN 和 UPC 识别码。如果 **条码** 字段为空或者值不可用, EAN 和UPC会在Ebay上被推荐设置为'不可用'。Brand和MPN值需要在特定的产品维护, 所以在产品 **变量** 上进行维护。如果这些值没有设置, Ebay列表中就会是'不可用'。" #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr "产品" #: ../../sales/invoicing/products/delivery.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice based on delivery orders?" -msgstr "如何基于送货单开票?" +msgstr "如何基于交货单开票?" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3 msgid "Services" @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "服务" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?" -msgstr "如何给一个项目按里程碑开发票" +msgstr "如何给项目里程碑开票？" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ msgstr "在Odoo中, 你的项目的每个里程碑都被看作一个产品. 从 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57 msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit" -msgstr " **名字**: 战略审计" +msgstr " **名字**: 战略审计" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50 @@ -363,14 +363,14 @@ msgstr " **产品类型**: 服务" msgid "" "**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your " "milestone after it has been delivered" -msgstr " **开票策略**: 已发货的数量, 你将在发货后开票。" +msgstr " **开票策略**: 已发货的数量, 你将在发货后开票。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64 msgid "" "**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each " "milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** " "tab on your sale order" -msgstr " **跟踪服务**: 手动在订单上设置数量, 当你完成了每个里程碑, 你将手动在销售订单的\" 已发货“标签更新他们的数量。 " +msgstr " **跟踪服务**: 手动在订单上设置数量, 当你完成了每个里程碑, 你将手动在销售订单的\" 已发货“标签更新他们的数量。 " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72 msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones." @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ msgstr "现在你的里程碑(或产品)生成了, 你能创建一个报价或 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91 msgid "Invoice milestones" -msgstr "根据里程碑开票" +msgstr "里程碑开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -443,22 +443,22 @@ msgstr "按一样的流程为你剩下的里程碑开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`recurring`" -msgstr " :doc:`recurring` " +msgstr ":doc:`recurring` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`time_materials`" -msgstr " :doc:`time_materials` " +msgstr ":doc:`time_materials` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`" -msgstr " :doc:`reinvoice` " +msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:127 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185 msgid ":doc:`support`" -msgstr " :doc:`support` " +msgstr ":doc:`support` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/recurring.rst:3 msgid "How to manage recurring invoices (through contracts)?" @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ msgid "" "for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of " "copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to " "invoice them." -msgstr "以下作为示例, 你正在给其中的一个客户(\" Agrolait \")升级并且你需要打印很多复印件, 这些复印件作为公司的费用并且需要为之开票" +msgstr "以下作为示例, 你正在给其中的一个客户(\" Agrolait \\ \")升级并且你需要打印很多复印件, 这些复印件作为公司的费用并且需要为之开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35 msgid "Create product to be expensed" @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ msgstr "创建费用产品" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:37 msgid "You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``." -msgstr "那么现在你就需要创建一个命名为“复印”的产品" +msgstr "那么现在你就需要创建一个命名为“复印\" 的产品 " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:39 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:112 @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ msgstr " **产品类型**: 耗用品" msgid "" "**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the " "quantities to invoice on the sale order)" -msgstr " **开票原则**: 基于发货数量(你需要对销售订单的发票手工设定数量)" +msgstr " **开票原则**: 基于发货数量(你需要对销售订单的发票手工设定数量)" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51 msgid "Create a sale order" @@ -568,14 +568,14 @@ msgstr "点击确认让客户付款" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87 msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module" -msgstr "用例2 :通过费用模块给费用开票" +msgstr "用例2 :通过报销模块给费用开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89 msgid "" "To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some " "consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed " "that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at cost." -msgstr "要解释这个, 让我们假设你的公司卖给你的顾客\" Agrolait \"一些咨询服务并且双方都同意贵司顾问的路费作为成本来开票" +msgstr "要解释这个, 让我们假设你的公司卖给你的顾客\" Agrolait \\ \"一些咨询服务并且双方都同意贵司顾问的路费作为成本来开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97 msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:" @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ msgstr "创建一个费用类别的产品" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110 msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``." -msgstr "现在你需要创建一个称之为\" 公里 \"的产品。" +msgstr "现在你需要创建一个称之为\" 公里 \\ \"的产品。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115 msgid "Product can be expensed" @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ msgstr "产品类型 : 服务" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119 msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "开票策略 :基于记工单开票" +msgstr "开票策略 :基于时间和材料开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121 msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost" @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ msgid "" "Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part of " "his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it to the " "related sales order thanks to the analytic account." -msgstr "假设你们公司的顾问在十月份在咨询项目上的路程是\" 1.000公里 \"。你就可以创建一个费用并且通过分析账户和相关的销售订单关联起来" +msgstr "假设你们公司的顾问在十月份在咨询项目上的路程是\" 1.000公里 \\ \"。你就可以创建一个费用并且通过分析账户和相关的销售订单关联起来" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ msgstr " **费用描述**: 2015年10月份公里数" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163 msgid "**Product**: Kilometers" -msgstr " **产品**: 公里数" +msgstr " **产品**: 公里数" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165 msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000" @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ msgid "" "Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated " "and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense " "will automatically be generated on the sale order." -msgstr "点击 **提交给经理** 。只要费用被批准后就会传到会计分录, 一个和费用一致的分录记录就会咋订单上自动生成" +msgstr "点击 **提交经理** 。只要费用被批准并登录到日记账分录, 一个和费用一致的分录记录就会咋订单上自动生成" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179 msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer." @@ -696,11 +696,11 @@ msgstr "现在就可以把所有发票行开票给你的客户了" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:187 msgid ":doc:`milestones`" -msgstr " :doc:`milestones` " +msgstr ":doc:`milestones` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:188 msgid ":doc:`../products/delivery`" -msgstr " :doc:`../products/delivery` " +msgstr ":doc:`../products/delivery` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?" @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ msgid "" "As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " "``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " "track of the support service you did for the customer." -msgstr "例如, 你可以销售一个价格为\" $25, 000 `的 \"50 小时\" 支持包。价格是固定的并且已经预先付款。但是你想跟踪你给客户的支持服务 " +msgstr "例如, 你可以销售一个价格为\" $25, 000 `的 \\ \"50 小时\" 支持包。价格是固定的并且已经预先付款。但是你想跟踪你给客户的支持服务 " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20 msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications" @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ msgid "" "**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** " "option." -msgstr "默认状况下, 产品是根据单位数量销售的, 为了能按\" 每小时 \"销售服务, 必须使用产品的多种计量单位, 在销售模块下, 进入菜单选项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` , 在本页面激活 多种 **计量单位** 选项。" +msgstr "默认状况下, 产品是根据单位数量销售的, 为了能按\" 每小时 \\ \"销售服务, 必须使用产品的多种计量单位, 在销售模块下, 进入菜单选项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` , 在本页面激活 多种 **计量单位** 选项。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -771,14 +771,14 @@ msgid "" "**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we " "will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on " "delivered quantities." -msgstr " **开票原则**: 订单数量, 因为服务是预先支付的, 我们可以根据订单数量开票, 而不是根据实际发货数量" +msgstr " **开票原则**: 订单数量, 因为服务是预先支付的, 我们可以根据订单数量开票, 而不是根据实际发货数量" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58 msgid "" "**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will " "automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you" " can track hours in the related account." -msgstr " **追踪服务**: 合同上的记工单。一个分析科目会被自动创建用来追踪所有包含这个服务的进出项, 然后就可以在相关的科目下追踪小时数了" +msgstr " **追踪服务**: 合同上的记工单。一个分析科目会被自动创建用来追踪所有包含这个服务的进出项, 然后就可以在相关的科目下追踪小时数了" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ msgid "" "timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has " "been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here " "above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold." -msgstr "要跟踪一个特定合同上的服务, 需要使用记工单应用 。一个和销售订单关联的分析账户自动创建, (屏幕上的\" SO009 - Agrolait \"), 然后只要服务被销售掉就可以对之进行跟踪。" +msgstr "要跟踪一个特定合同上的服务, 需要使用记工单应用 。一个和销售订单关联的分析账户自动创建, (屏幕上的\" SO009 - Agrolait \\ \"), 然后只要服务被销售掉就可以对之进行跟踪。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104 msgid "Control delivered support on the sale order" @@ -891,22 +891,22 @@ msgid "" " sale order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the " "contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several " "service contracts within the same sale order." -msgstr " **创建任务并追踪小时数**: 在该模式下, 每个订单行都会创建一个任务。然后在你记录记工单的时候, 不需要在销售订单／合同上输入。而是在每个任务(代表合同)上记录记工单。该方案的优点是能够在同一张销售订单上销售不同服务合同。" +msgstr " **创建任务并追踪小时数**: 在该模式下, 每个订单行都会创建一个任务。然后在你记录记工单的时候, 不需要在销售订单／合同上输入。而是在每个任务(代表合同)上记录记工单。该方案的优点是能够在同一张销售订单上销售不同服务合同。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:153 msgid "" "**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. " "The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded " "manually on the sale order line directly, in the delivered quantity field." -msgstr " **手工地**: 如果你不在Odoo中记录记工单就可以使用该种模式。特定合同的工作时间手工地在销售订单行的交货数量字段直接记录。" +msgstr " **手工地**: 如果你不在Odoo中记录记工单就可以使用该种模式。特定合同的工作时间手工地在销售订单行的交货数量字段直接记录。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" -msgstr " :doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom` " +msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice based on time and material?" -msgstr "如何基于时间和材料开具发票？" +msgstr "如何基于时间和材料开票？" #: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6 @@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ msgstr "ODOO 销售管理介绍" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "成绩单" +msgstr "台本" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ msgstr "如果想要显示信息, 我会从客户表达中来做, 例如 :" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45 msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer" -msgstr "在 \" 客户\\ \\ \"看板视图上, 点击相应客户" +msgstr "在 \" 客户\\ \\ \\ \"看板视图上, 点击相应客户" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47 msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation" @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "基于你的业务场景, 可以选择以下方式的其中之一创建 #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16 msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr " :menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) --> 发票(Invoice)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) --> 发票(Invoice)` " #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "基于订单数量开票 :在触发交货单之前给整张订单开票" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25 msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section" -msgstr "基于交货数量开票 :见下章节" +msgstr "基于交货数量开票 :见下一部分" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ msgstr "详阅 : *基于销售订单开票.*" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41 msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`" -msgstr " :menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) --> 交货(Delivery) --> 开票(Invoice)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) --> 交货(Delivery) --> 开票(Invoice)` " #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ msgstr "该方法下, 如果你部分发货, 只需要为实际发出的数量 #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57 msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`" -msgstr " :menuselection:`再发性合同 (Recurring Contracts) --> 开票(Invoices)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`再发性合同 (Recurring Contracts) --> 开票(Invoices)` " #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ msgstr "对于订阅, 发票会定期地, 自动地生成。生成发票频率 #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67 msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr " :menuselection:`电商订单(eCommerce Order) --> 开票(Invoice)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`电商订单(eCommerce Order) --> 开票(Invoice)` " #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ msgstr "一些特定的模块也可以生成草稿发票" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98 msgid "membership: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "会员 :每年给会员开票" +msgstr "会员 :每年向会员开票" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100 msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services" @@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ msgstr "然后, 创建一个标价为8.26€的产品, 税是 21%(不含税价), #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "设置B2C的财政位置" +msgstr "设置B2C的财政状况" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ msgid "" "To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the " "Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will " "prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already." -msgstr "为了发送网上报价, 你必须首先激活在线报价功能在销售模块中, 从 :菜单选项: '配置-->设置' .这样做会提示你安装网站模块, 如果你还没装过的话。" +msgstr "为了发送网上报价, 你必须首先激活在线报价功能在销售模块中, 从 :菜单选项:'配置-->设置'.这样做会提示你安装网站模块, 如果你还没装过的话。" #: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ msgid "" "Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From " "within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the " "corresponding page of your website." -msgstr "通过 :菜单选项: '配置-->报价模板' , 可以编辑网上报价。在报价模板中选择和你的网上报价相关的模板。" +msgstr "通过 :菜单选项:'配置-->报价模板', 可以编辑网上报价。在报价模板中选择和你的网上报价相关的模板。" #: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1633,7 +1633,7 @@ msgid "" "showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I " "would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of " "``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount." -msgstr "例如, 我们的公司销售电子产品并且我的客户Agrolait有兴趣购买\" 3 iPads \"。我会发给他们一个这些Ipad的报价单, 报价\" 320 USD \",\" 5% \"的折扣。" +msgstr "例如, 我们的公司销售电子产品并且我的客户Agrolait有兴趣购买\" 3 iPads \\ \"。我会发给他们一个这些Ipad的报价单, 报价\" 320 USD \\ \",\" 5% \\ \"的折扣。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18 msgid "This section will show you how to proceed." @@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ msgid "" "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations " "and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture " "below) and apply your changes." -msgstr "在我们的示例中, 我们想要给\" Agrolait \"一个\" 5% \"的销售折扣。要想使用该特性, 进入 **销售** 应用, 选择 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 然后在 **报价和销售** 勾选 **允许在销售订单行折扣** (见下图)并且\" 应用 \"变更。" +msgstr "在我们的示例中, 我们想要给\" Agrolait \\ \"一个\" 5% \\ \"的销售折扣。要想使用该特性, 进入 **销售** 应用, 选择 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 然后在 **报价和销售** 勾选 **允许在销售订单行折扣** (见下图)并且\" 应用 \\ \"变更。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49 msgid "Create your quotation" @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ msgid "" "click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are " "subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in " "percentage) and save." -msgstr "要设置税的参数, 只需要在产品行的税字段点击 **创建和编辑** 。填写详细信息(例如你们的销项税是\" 21% \")并保存。" +msgstr "要设置税的参数, 只需要在产品行的税字段点击 **创建和编辑** 。填写详细信息(例如你们的销项税是\" 21% \\ \")并保存。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93 msgid "Terms and conditions" @@ -1765,15 +1765,15 @@ msgstr "点击 **通过电邮发送** 可以自动的把报价单作为电子邮 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`" -msgstr " :doc:`../online/creation` " +msgstr ":doc:`../online/creation` " #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`optional`" -msgstr " :doc:`optional` " +msgstr ":doc:`optional` " #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`" -msgstr " :doc:`terms_conditions` " +msgstr ":doc:`terms_conditions` " #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3 msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?" @@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ msgid "" "Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce " "platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will" " need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:" -msgstr "”建议产品“能被直接加到报价中, 或者通过每个产品界面到电商平台。为了使用”建议产品“, 你需要安装 **电商** 模块。" +msgstr "\" 建议产品“能被直接加到报价中, 或者通过每个产品界面到电商平台。为了使用 \"建议产品“, 你需要安装 **电商** 模块。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23 msgid "Quotations" @@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ msgid "" "Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to " "restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and " "conditions on all your quotations:" -msgstr "我们看一下下面示例 :你的公司给餐馆销售水瓶并且你需要在以下的报价单中添加标准条款: " +msgstr "我们看一下下面示例 :你的公司给餐馆销售水瓶并且你需要在以下的报价单中添加标准条款:" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ msgstr "通用条款在可以在公司数据中特别指定。这些会显示在 msgid "" "To specify your Terms and Conditions go into :menuselection:`Settings --> " "General Settings --> Configure your company data` (see picture below)." -msgstr "要定义条款, 进入 :`设置 --> 通用设置 --> 配置公司的数据 ` (见下图 )。" +msgstr "要定义条款, 进入 :`设置 --> 通用设置 --> 配置公司的数据` (见下图 )。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:51 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 76f42aba4..a5ae64921 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:15+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 09:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ msgid "" " and activate **\"Analytics API\"** by clicking on button \"OFF\". When it's" " done, check that the button of **\"Calendar API\"** is well in green and " "with text \"ON\"" -msgstr "在左侧的菜单中, 选择子菜单的API(从菜单API和验证)并通过点击按钮“OFF”激活 **“分析API”** 。当它完成, 检查的 **“日历API”** 按钮是绿色的, 并且文本是“ON”" +msgstr "在左侧的菜单中, 选择子菜单的API(从菜单API和验证)并通过点击按钮“OFF\" 激活 **“分析API \"** 。当它完成, 检查的 **“日历API\" ** 按钮是绿色的, 并且文本是“ON \"" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:32 msgid "" "In the menu on left side, select the sub menu **\"Credentials\"** (from menu" " APIs and auth) and click on button **\"Create New Client ID\"**" -msgstr "在左侧的菜单, 选择子菜单 **\" 资格证书\\ \\ \"** (从菜单API和验证), 并点击按钮 **“创建新的客户端ID”** " +msgstr "在左侧的菜单, 选择子菜单 **\" 资格证书\\ \\ \\ \"** (从菜单API和验证), 并点击按钮 **“创建新的客户端ID\" ** " #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ msgid "" "**\"Redirect RI\"** and set as value (your own domain followed by " "``/google_account/authentication``) : You can now click on **\"Create Client" " ID\"**" -msgstr "填写应用程序的名称, 并检查该平台在 **“Web应用程序”** 是可用的。现在, 您应该配置允许重定向的网页。要做到这一点, 你需要完成字段 **“重定向RI”** 并将其设置为值(你自己的域名, 后\" / GOOGLE_ACCOUNT/ authentication \") :现在, 您可以点击 **“创建客户端ID”** " +msgstr "填写应用程序的名称, 并检查该平台在 **“Web应用程序\" ** 是可用的。现在, 您应该配置允许重定向的网页。要做到这一点, 你需要完成字段 **“重定向RI \"** 并将其设置为值(你自己的域名, 后\" / GOOGLE_ACCOUNT/ authentication \\ \") :现在, 您可以点击 **“创建客户端ID\" ** " #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ msgid "" "Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " "should have one and only one title ``

``, your website should have a " "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "一些SEO的规则例子 :您的网页应该加载速度更快, 你的页面应该有且仅有一个标题\"

\", 你的网站应该有一个\" / sitemap.xml \"文件等" +msgstr "一些SEO的规则例子 :您的网页应该加载速度更快, 你的页面应该有且仅有一个标题\"

\\ \", 你的网站应该有一个\" / sitemap.xml \\ \"文件等" #: ../../website/seo.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ msgid "" "divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost " "$1.6b to Amazon in sales `__." -msgstr "加载页面的时间是谷歌的一个重要标准。更快的网页不仅提高了访问者的体验, 而且谷歌给你一个比你的竞争对手更好的网页排名如果你的页面加载更快。一些研究表明, 如果加载网页时减少一半(例如2秒代替4秒), 访问者放弃率也会降低一半。(25％至12.5％)。多一秒的网页载入时间会多花 '$1.6billion' 在Amazon的销售上 `__。" +msgstr "加载页面的时间是谷歌的一个重要标准。更快的网页不仅提高了访问者的体验, 而且谷歌给你一个比你的竞争对手更好的网页排名如果你的页面加载更快。一些研究表明, 如果加载网页时减少一半(例如2秒代替4秒), 访问者放弃率也会降低一半。(25％至12.5％)。多一秒的网页载入时间会多花'$1.6billion'在Amazon的销售上 `__。" #: ../../website/seo.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ msgid "" "From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " "unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " "performance." -msgstr "点“上传”按钮时, 如果比起上传效率你更注重图片质量, 那你可以选择保持原有图片不变。" +msgstr "点“上传\" 按钮时, 如果比起上传效率你更注重图片质量, 那你可以选择保持原有图片不变。 " #: ../../website/seo.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:252 msgid "``

My Text

``" -msgstr "\"

一些文本

\"" +msgstr "\"

一些文本

\\ \"" #: ../../website/seo.rst:254 msgid "" @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:257 msgid "``

My Text

``" -msgstr "\"

一些文本

\"" +msgstr "\"

一些文本

\\ \"" #: ../../website/seo.rst:260 msgid "Responsive Design" @@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " "click on **Load.**" -msgstr "选择你想用来翻译你的网站的语言, 然后点击“加载”。" +msgstr "选择你想用来翻译你的网站的语言, 然后点击“加载\" 。 " #: ../../website/translate_website.rst:35 msgid ""